I ^ >-^^ :. « • ■^•s** ^^v '" >- ,*f 'Wj- •f^-^' ^>i,.^%:^ '^^' 'Si . 'T^ -Y,^! .Jf. •r' f,-;-^-! ^x^ U' 'WWPjl' , ■ pi ^^ -*^1 ■4 ..J y» -^>^. y ,f^ > -'V^ .icr*^. It ^ ^- ^1?^,^ t^yV i^ iJ'^/ J^ 3^. 4^y'^::^i^i^-.'&-;M^m w^4:^Mj tin HARVARD UNIVERSITY. LIBRARY OF THK MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. \.l\t>Niij-rvCj-D FEAMCIS. E£D LION COURT, FLEET STIiEET. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GKEEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-HOW. 1900-190:; CONTENTS. PAUT I.— September, 1900. I. On a Collection of Braclvyura from Torres Straits. By W. T. Calman, B.Sc, TJniversity College, Dundee. {Communicated by Prof. D'Arcv W. Thompsox, C.B., F.L.S.) (Plates 1-3.) pages 1-50 PART II.— September, 1900. II. Report 0)1 a Collection made hy Messrs. F. V. McCoxnell aiul J. J. Quelch at Mount Boraima in British Guiana. [Communicated hy Prof E. Ray Laxkester, I>.C.L.,F.R.S., Director of the Natural Sistory Museum.) (Plates 4-6.) . 51-76 PART III.— December, 1900. III. On the Structure and Affinities of Echiurus unicinctus. By Alice L. Embleton, B.Sc. [Communicated hy Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec.L.S.) (Plates 7-10.) . 77-97 PART IV.— May, 1901. IV. The Terrestrial Isopoda of Neio Zealand. By Charles Chilton, M.A., D.Sc. (N.Z.) ; F.L.S. London; Pesearch Felloio, Zliiversity of Fdintmryh. (Plates 11-16.) 99-152 PART v.— August, 1901. V. Etude d^une Espece nouvelle de Lepadides (Scalpellum giganteum, n. sp.) et de Poecilasma carinatum, Hoek. Par Monsieur A. Gruvel, Charge d'un Cours de Zoologie a la Faculte des Sciences de Bordeau.r. (Communique par M. le Professeur Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate 17.) 153-161 PART VI.— September, 1901. VI. On the Affinities of zEluropus melauoleiicus, xl, Milne-Edwards. By E. Ray Lankester, 3L.A., LL.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., Director of the Natural History Depaj-tments of the British Museum. (Plates 18-20.) 163-172 [ iv ] PART VII.— OcTOBEK, 1901. A^'II. On the Intestinal Tract of Birds ; with Remarks on the Valuation and Nomen- clature of Zoological Characters. Brj P. Chalmers Mitchell, M.A., D.Sc. Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Biology at the London Hospital Medical College. (Plates 21-23.) pages 173-275 PART VIII.— June, 1902. VIII. Sur qii-elques Lepadides nouveaux de la Collection du British Iluseum. Par A. Gruvel, Maitre de Conferences a la Faculte des Sciences, TJniversite de Bordeaux. {Communique par 31. le Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate 24 aud 5 Illustrations in the Text ) 277-295 PART IX.— October, 1902. IX. On the Actinian Bunodeopsis globulifera, Vei^rill. By J. E. Duerden, Ph.I>.> A.E.C.Sc. (Bond.), Bruce Fellow, Johns Hopkins University. {Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, F.B.S., Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plates 25 & 26.) . . . 297-317 PART X.— February, 1903. X. On the Mophology of the Brain in the Mammalia, with Special Beference to that of the Lemurs, Recent and Bxtinct. By G. Elliot Smith, M.D. {Sydney), Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and Professor of Anatomy, Egyptian Government School of Medicine, Cairo. {Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, D.Sc, LL.I)., F.B.S., Sec. Linn. Soc.) (With 66 Illustrations in the Text.) 319-132 PART XL— February, 1903. XL On the New Zealand Pity II abranchiate Crustacea-Macrnra. By George M. Thomson, F.L.S. (Plates 27 29.) 133-453 PART XII.— July, 1903. XII. On the Morphology of the Cerebral Commissures in the Vertebrata, with Special Beference to an Aberrant Commissure found in the Forebrain of certain Beptiles. By G. Elliot Smith, M.A., M.D., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge ; Professo J- of Anatomy, Egyptian Government School of Medicine, Cairo. {Com- municated by Prof G. B. Howes, D.Sc, LL.D., F.B.S., Sec. Linn. Soc) (With 36 Illustrations in the Text.) 455-500 PART X III.— December, 1903. Titlepage, Contents, and Index 501-517 UWv'^ \ V \1 U I VV1 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. [VOL. VIII. PART 1. THE TRANSACTIONS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ON A COLLECTION OF BRACHYUBA FfiOM TORRES STRAITS. BY W. T. CALM AN, D.Sc, CNIVEESITY COLLEGE, DUNDEE. (Communicated by Prof. D'Arcy W. Thompso.v, C.B., F.L.S.) ^ LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY BY TAYI.OK ANU FRANCIS, RKI> I.ION COURT. FLEET STREET. SOLD A'V THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOtlSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. September 1900 TRANSACTIONS OF THE L I N N E A N SOCIETY. I. On a Collection of Brachytira from Torres Straits. By W. T. Calman, D.Sc, University College, Dundee. {Communicated by Prof. D'Akcy W. Thompson, C.B., F.L.S.) (Plates 1-3.) Eead IGth November, 1899. Introductory. I HIS paper deals with the Brachyurous Crustacea collected hy Prof. A. C. Haddon during his first expedition to Torres Straits in 1888. The collection comprises about 87 species, three of which are described as new. Owing probal:)ly to the fact that attention was given to collecting the smaller and less conspicuous forms, a number of interesting and little-known species were obtained, some of which I have redescribed and figured. From the same cause, however, the determination of many of the specimens proved to be a matter of no little difficulty, and the identification of one or two of the more obscure species is at best pro^dsional. Of the three species here described as new, Cryptociiemus Iladdonl belongs to a genus hitherto comprising only four species, all of which are known only from single specimens. Pilummis cristipes is apparently very distinct from any known species, and its title to inclusion in the extensive genus Pilumiius may perhaps be disputed. Lamltrus confragosus belongs to a genus already overburdened with species, but, so far as the means at my disposal enable mu to judge, it seems to deserve tlie distinction of a specific name. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 1 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Among the species already known, concerning which I am able to furnish fresh details, the most interesting is the parasitic Hapalocarcinus marsupialis. Briefly described forty years ago by Stimpson, it appears to have escaped re-examination by carcinologists, though the curious gall-like growths to which it gives rise on corals are well known. The occiu'rence of the three known Inuo-Pacific species of Palmis [Cymopolia), two of which have been recorded hitherto only from widely distant localities, has afforded an opportunity for a detailed examination of their distinctive characters. In the case of certain species described by Adams and White and by Miers, I have been able, from an examination of the type specimens in the British Museum (Natural History), to sui^plement the original accounts and to make one or two alterations in the matter of nomenclature. 1 am much indebted to Prof. P. Jeffrey Bell and to Mr. R. I. Pocock for their courtesy and kindness in facilitating my work among the collections under their charge. My thanks are also due to Prof. E. L. Bouvier and Dr. J. G. de Man for giving me information and advice on various points, and to Dr. Chas. Chilton for the loan of literature relating to Australasian Crustacea*. As regards nomenclature and classification, I have followed, where jjossible, the important work of Dr. A. Alcock, ' Materials for a Carcinological Pauna of India,' now in course of publication. The extensive collections upon which his revision of the Indian species is based, and the exhaustive way in which the bibliography of the subject is treated, render this work indispensable for the student of the Indo-Paciiic Crustacea. List of the Species. Tribe CYCLOMETOPA. Family Xanthid^. *CarpiHus conve.rus (Forsk.). Carpilodes sp. Liomera cinctimana (White). *Atercjatis floridus (L.). *Lophact(Ba granulosa (Riipp.). * Lophozozymus octodentatus (M.-E.). dodone (Herbst). *Xantho [Leptodius) exaratus (M.-E.). *Etisus Icevimanus, Rand. *Etisodes frontalis, Daua. * electra (Herbst). *Actcea Riippellii, Krauss. * calculosa (M.-E.). granulata, var. carcharias, White. Peronii, var. squamosa, Ilend. (?). * hystrix, Miers. Xanthodes Lanwrckn (M.-E.). *Chlorodius niger (Forsk.). *Phymodius ungulatus (M.-E.). sculptus (A. M.-E.). Chhrodopsis melanodactylus, A. M.-E. spinipes, A. M.-E. Cymo Andreossyi (Aud.). melanodactylus, De Haan. *Ozius guttatus (M.-E.). Pseudozius dispar, Dana. * Pilumnus cursor, A. M.-E. * pulcher, Miers. * seminudus, Miers. * lanatus (Latr. ?), Miers. longicornis, Hilg., var. • cristipes, n. sp. * Actnmnus sctifer (De Haan). Trapezia f err uginea, var. areolata, Dana. * cyinodoco (Herbst). Tetralia glaherrima (Herbst). * Since this paper was read I have been enabled, by the kindness of Mr. T. R. R. 8tebbing, to consult Paulson's little-known work on the Crustacea of the Red Sea. Prof. Walker, of this College, has been good enough to translate for me several passages to which reference will be made. BEAOHIUEA FROM TOKRES STKAITS. Family Portunid^. Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana. Caphyra rotundifrons, A. ]\I.-E. *Nepttmus sanguinolentus (Herbst). * jjelagicus (L.). * {Acheluus) granidatiis (M.-E.). * ( ) , var. unispinosus, Miers. *Thalamita prymna (Herbst). * adinete (Herbst). * sima, M.-E. Family CANCRiDiE. *Kraussia nitida, Stimpson. Tribe CATOMETOPA. Family Grapsid^. *Met.opograpsus tnessor (Forsk.). *Varuna litter atu (Fabr.). Family Ocypodid*. *Ocypoda ceratophthalma (Pallas). Uca ( = Gelasimvs) tetragonon (Herbst) . Ceratoplax sji. Tribe OXYSTOMA. Family Calappid^e. *Calappa hepatica (L.). Family Leucosiid^e. Cryptocnemus Haddoni, n. sp. * Oreophorus frontalis, Miers. *Myra fugax ( Fabr. ) . * australis, llasw. (?). *Leuvosia longifruns, var. pulcherrima, Miers. * Haswe/Ii, Miers. I'seudophilyra trideiitata, Miers. Arcania gracVipes, Bell (?). Family Dorippid^ (?). *Falicus Jiikmii (White). IVkitei (Miers). serripes ( Aleock & Anderson) . Tribe OXYRHYNCHA. Family Maiid^. *Ach(Bus affinis, Miers. *Paratymolus sexspinosus, Miers. *Oncinopus aranea, De Haan. *Xenocarcvmis tuber ml alvs, White. *Huenia proteus, De Haan. *MencBt/m(s it/oiioceros, Latr. Hyastenvs spinosus, A. M.-E. * oryx, A. M.-E. * coHvexus, Miers. verrucosipes (Adams & White) . Broc/di, De Man. *Naxia serpulifera (Guer.). * taunts, Pocock. Tylocarcinus sty.r (Herbst). *Paramit/>rax [Chlorinoides) Coppingeri, Hasw. * ( ) aculeatus (M.-E.). *Schizophrys aspera (M.-E.). Cyclax suborbicularis (Stimpson) . * Pseudomicippa vai'ians, Miers. *Micippa philyra (Herbst). '^Tiarinia ungusia, Dana. Family Parthenopid.e. r„„j, 9 *Lambrus [Aulacolambrus) koplonotus, Ad. &Wh.., * [Parthenolambrus) calappoides, Ad. & Wh. ( ) confragosus, n. sp. Incertae sedis. Family Hapalocakcinid^ (nom. nov.). Hapalocarcimis nuirsupialis, Stimpson. In the above list I have marked with an asterisk those species which have been ah-cady recorded from the North or North-east of Australia. Of the species not so recorded the majority are known to have a wide distribution within the Indo-Pacific region, and the few^ cases where the range of a species is considerably extended (e. g., Palio/is Whitci) merely help to emphasize the uniformity of the crustacean fauna, whose range is coterminovxs with that of the coral-reefs over this extensive area. 4 BR. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Carpilitjs convkxus (Forsk.). Carpilius convexus, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 382, pi. xvi. figs. 9-10; Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 80 (1898). Three females and two males. One labelled " Found within hollow in Tubipora." .Locality. " Mer." Carpilodes sp. A number of very small specimens belonging to this genus do not agree satisfactorily with any of the described species, but in the absence of a larger series for comparison I do not venture to describe them as new. They are identical with certain small specimens in the British Museum determined as C. rugatus, Latr., but differ from larger specimens of that species and from the figure given by A. Milne-Edwards (N. Arch. Mus. Paris, i. pi. xii. figs. 3, 3 a-h) in the fact that the lobulations on the surface of the carapace, and especially on the branchial regions, are more numerous and do not have the regularly transverse direction so marked in C. rugatus. The C. cariosm of Alcock (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) 1898, p. 86, and Illustr. Zool. ' Investigator,' Crust, pl. xxxvi. fig. 7, 1899) * resembles our specimens rather closely ; but in that species the carapace is not quite so broad, the antero-lateral borders less convex, and the lobules on the lateral regions of the carapace are arranged in a slightly different manner. Locality. "Murray Island, 15-30 fms." LlOMEEA CINCTIMAKA (White). Carpilius cinctimanus , White, in Jukes's Voy. 'Fly,' ii. Appendix, p. 336, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1847) ; Adams & White, Voy. ' Samarang,' Crust, p. 37, pl. vii. fig. 4. Liomera lata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 161, pl. vii. figs. Qa-d. L. cindimana, Uana, op. cit. p. 161. L. lata and L. clnctimana, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, i. pp. 219-220 (1865). L. cinctimana, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix. p. 176, pl. v. fig. 4 (1873). Carpilodes cinctimanus, Miers, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 234 (1880) ; Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc, (2) Zool. V. p. 354 (1893). L. cinctimana, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vii, p. 450 (1893) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 88 (1898). Two male and two female specimens. Locality. " Murray Island." Distr'ihutioii. Zanzibar to Tahiti. The synonymy of this species and of the genus of which it is the type give striking evidence of the intangible nature of the characters on which we are forced to rely in the classification of the Xanthoid crabs. As defined by Dana, Liomera is stated to resemble Carjiilius in the disposition of the antennae (that is to say, the basal anteunal joint enters into the inner orbital hiatus), and the genus is separated from Carinlodes only by the fact that the fingers are said to be sharp-pointed instead of spoon-shaped at the tip. * Cy. also Nobili, Aun. Mus. Gcuova, (2) xx. p. I'oG (1S99X BEACHTUEA TEOJI TOREES STEAITS. 5 A. Milne-Edwards in his monograph of the Cancridae {I. c. 1865) abandoned the use of the character drawn from the shape of the finger-tips as a generic distinction, but he retained the genus Liomera, placing it in the group of genera having the l)asal antennal joint " s'unissant seulement au front par son angle interne," and separating it thus from Carpilodes by a character in direct contradiction to the origmal definition of the genus. Miers in 1880 {I. c.) referred our species to Carpilodes, accepting that genus in Milne- Edwards's sense as having the basal joint of the antenna " produced along the exterior margin of the infero-lateral frontal process so as to enter partly witliin the interior orbital hiatus" (Chall. Rep., Brachyura, p. 133, 1886). Altliough thus deprived of its type species, the genus Lioniem was retained by Miers, who defines it (Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' Crust, p. 528) very much as Milne-Edwards liad done, and refers to it certain species wliich he later included (Chall. Hep. p. 125) in the genvis Xantho. Ortmann and Alcock retu.rn to Milne-Edwards's position, including this species in Liomem and defining it as having the basal antennal joint not entering the orbital hiatus, and the first-named author gives a figure of L. ctiictinuina to illustrate this very point. It will thus be seen that of the authors who have examined this species Dana and Miers regard the basal antennal joint as entering the inner orbital hiatus, while Milne-Edwards, Ortmann, and Alcock state explicitly that it does not. As a matter of fact, Liomera occupies in this respect an intermediate position between two extremes, which are connected by a continuous series of gradations. On the one hand, we have forms where the basal joint lies nearly longitudinally and meets the posterior process of the front at its tip, so that the short line of junction between the two is transverse to the axis of the joint ; on the other liand, we may have the basal joint lying very obliquely to the axis of the body, meeting the frontal 2>i'ocess with its inner edge, so that the prolonged line of junction is approximately parallel to the axis of the joint, which thus lies more or less comjiletely in the hiatus between the frontal process and the low^er wall of the orbit. In the present species, however, the short trapezoidal basal joint meets the frontal process at its tip, but the short line of junction between the tw'o is obliquely placed w'itli reference to the long axis of the joint, so that a small portion of the latter may be regarded as lying in the orbital hiatus between the frontal process and the suborbital ■wall. Moreover, some individual variation in this resjject is observed when a series of specimens is examined, and, if we may judge by the analogous case of Actcea calciilosa referred to below, it would seem that this character is liable to change with the growth of the individual. Atergatis flouidus (L.). Atergatis foridus, Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Beuji-al, Ixvii. (2) p. 98 (1898). Two small specimens of this widely distributed and common Indo-Pacific species The carapace of the larger is 10 mm. long and IG mm. broad, the relative breadth being somewhat greater than in larger specimens. Loc((Uty. " Murray Island, reef." 6 DE. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF LOPHACT^A GRANULOSA (Riipp.). Cancer limbatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 377, pL xvi. figs. 1-3. LofhacUm gramilosa, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, i. p. 247; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, kvii. (2) p. 101 (1898). A female specimen. Locality. " Torres Straits." LOPHOZOZTMTJS OCTODENTATUS (Milne-Edwards). Xantho octodentatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 398. Lo})hozo:ymus octodentatus, Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust, p. 58. L. epheliticus (L.), Miers, Crust. Voy. ' Alert/ p. 207 ; De Man, Zool. Jalirb. Syst. viii. p. 518. L. octodentatus, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 106 (1898). Three male and three female specimens. The largest, a male, has the carapace 75 mm. hroad, and in it, as in the other smaller specimens of both sexes, the chelse are about equal in size. The difference between the sexes in the prominence of the last two pairs of antero-lateral teeth noted by De Man (/. c. p. 519) does not hold good for our specimens. Locality. " Tringing reef, Mabuiag." LoPHOzozYMus DODONB (Hcrbst). Lophozozymus dodone (Hbst.), De Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) p. 270, pi. x. figs. 2, 2 « (1887) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 108 (1898). Two female specimens, about 13 mm. broad, agreeing perfectly with the figures and short description given by De Man. The grooves on the outer and inner surfaces of the dactylus of the chelipeds are very broad, and the upper margin between them is reduced to a thin sharp crest. De Man notes that these grooves are deeper in young individuals. Locality. " Channels between reefs, Mer." Distribution. Mozambique to Tahiti. Xantho (Leptodius) exaratus (Milne-Edwards). Chtorodius exaratus, H. Milue-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 402. Lejjtodius exaratus, A. Milue-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix. p.222 (1873) ; De Man, Arch. Naturg. lii. (1) p. 285 (1887). Xantho (Leptodius) exaratus, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 118 (1898). A single small female specimen of this common and variable species. It appears to differ from the typical form, as described by the authors quoted above, only in the fact that the wrist and hand of the chelipeds are rugose above and the outer face of the hand is granulated. Locality. " Cockburn group (N. Queensland), shore." BRACHYUEA FROM TORRES STRAITS. 7 Etistjs LJ3VIMANUS, Rand. Etisus lavimanus, Rand., Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 185^ pi. x. fig. 1 ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 131 (1898). A single small specimen (17'5 mm. long) agreeing in general shape and proportions of carapace with the still smaller specimens figured by Dana (/. e. fig. 1, /), the breadth- ratio of the carapace being the same (1-46) as that given by him. In full-o-rown specimens the carapace is much more transverse, the breadth-ratio being about 1-6. Locality. " Fringing reef, Mabuiag." Etisodes frontalis, Dana. Etisodes frontalis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 187, pi. ix. fig. 3; Dc Man, Notes Leyden Mus. xii. p. 8, pi. 1. fig. 2. Our two specimens (about 11-5 mm. long by 17-25 mm. broad) agree more closely with De Man's figure than with Dana's, which is taken froma-very small specimen only 8 mm. broad. The slight emargination of the frontal lobes is even less marked than in De Man's figure, these lobes being nearly transversely truncate. The posterior teeth of the antero- lateral margin are rather less spiniform, and some other slight differences are to be gathered from De Man's detailed description. Locality. " Fringing reef, Mabuiag." Etisodes electra (Herbst). Etisodes sculptilis, Heller, SB. Ak. Wien, xliii. p. 333 (18G1) ; A. iMilne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix. p. 236, pi. ix. fig. 2 (1873). E. electra (Ilbst.), De Man, Arch. Naturg. hii. (1) p. 290 (1887). Two specimens, agreeing well with Heller's description and Milne-Edwards's figure. The larger, a female, measiu'cs 7 mm. in length by 10 mm. in breadth (breadth- ratio l'-J<2), and is thus somewhat broader than is indicated by either of the authors named, whose measurements give the breadth-ratio as 1'36 and 1'38 respectively. The smaller specimen is a male 4 mm. long by 5' 25 mm. broad, giving a ratio of about ISl. Localitj/. " Murray Island, reef." AcT^A RiJPPELLii, Krauss. Actcea Ruppellii (Kr.J, De Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 499 (1895) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 144 (1898). Our specimens agree in most points with the description of this species as given by De Man {I. c. and earlier papers there referred to). They show some variation in the hairiness of the body and in the prominence of the regional divisions of the carapace. One specimen, considerably larger than the others, differs from them in the greater length of the hairs on the carapace and in the scantiness of the short dow^n which in the other specimens covers the carapace below the long hairs. In this specimen tlie finger- tips are slightly excavate. All our specimens can be matched from the series referred 8 DK. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF to A. Buppellu in the British Museum collections, but iu none of the latter are the hairs quite so long as in our largest individual. Localities. '• Murray Island " ; " Thursday Island, fringing reef and shore " ; "Albany Passage, 10 fath." ACT^A CALCITLOSA (Milne-Edwards). Cancer calculosvs, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 378 (1834). Actma calculosa, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arcli. Mus. Paris, i. p. 276, pi. xviii. fig. 3 (1865) ; Haswell, Cat. Aiistr. Crust, p. 45 (1882). Euxanthus tuberculosus, Miers, Crust. ' Alert,' p. 205, p. xix. fig. A (1884). AcUea calculosa, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, (2) Zool. v. p. 356 (1893) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 152 (1898). Pive specimens of this species are in the collection. Prof. E. L. Bouvier has very kindly taken the trouble to compare one of our specimens, sent to him for the purpose, with the original type specimen of H. Milne-Edwards's Cancer calculosus in the Paris Museum. He writes as follows : — " J'ai compare minutieusement votre Crabe avec le type 6.'Actcea calculosa, Edw. II appartient evidcmment a la meme espece. Les tubercules du test y sont beaucoup plus saillants, mais ils sont partout disposes dans le meme ordre et sont entoures aussi d'une aureole peripherique de ponctuations je vous le repete, on ne saurait douter de I'identification." The identification of our specimens being vouched for on such excellent authority, it may be usefiil to give in some detail their characters as compared with Aetata granulata (And.), since it appears that recent writers have not always successfully distinguished the two species. The breadth-ratio of the carapace varies from 1-33 to 1-4 without apparent relation to the actual size. The three posterior lobes of the antero-lateral margin are prominent and well-defined, and in front of these the first lobe is represented by a single tubercle. In Actma ffranulata * the lobes are low% rounded, and indistinctly separated. The regions of the carapace are much more distinct in A. calculosa, being separated by rather deep grooves, which are in part smooth and free from granules. There is a marked and generally smooth groove parallel to the hinder margin of the carajoace and separated from it by two or, in one case, three rows of granules. The posterior margin is defined at each end by a small spiniform tubercle which is not distinct in A. (jranulata. The cardiac area is of a rather different shape from that shown in the figure given by A. Milne-Edwards, being produced and much narrowed anteriorly. The tubercles on the surface of the carapace are rounded, smooth, and surrounded each by radiating puucta- tions. On the posterior part of the carapace in some specimens they become depressed and confluent. In A. granulata the tubercles are more pointed and the radiating * I have used lor comparison two specimens of A. ipar referred to above, and perhaps the two should not be geneiically separated. LocaUtij. " Mabuiag." PiiiTJMNTJS LANATUS (Latr. ?), Miers. Pilumnus lanatus (Latr.), Miers, Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' Crust, p. 220, pi. xxi. fig. A. A number of small and probably immature specimens are all but identical with tlie ' Alert ' specimens described under this name by Mr. Miers. The close pubescence covering the body and limbs ends abruptly on the outer surface of the larger chela along a diagonal line drawn from the base of the dactylus above to the proximal angle below, the rest of the surface being smooth and polished. The antero-lateral teeth are smaller than in Miers's figure, the last tooth in particular being much reduced. A small, but distinct, sub-hepatic tubercle is present, the upper surface of the carapace is shghtly uneven in front, and there is a well-marked tubercle on the hepatic region above. The chelge are rather shorter, the lower finger is not hooked at the tip as in Miers's figure, and I cannot detect the spinules which he describes on the carpus of the ambulatory legs. Locality. " Torres Straits." Pilumnus longicoknis, Hilgd. Pilumnus longicornis, Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1878, p. 794, pl.i. tigs. 8, 9 ; var., Miers, Rep. 'Challenger' Brachyiua, p. 157; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 193 (1898). A male specimen is referred with some doubt to this species. The carapace measui-es 17 mm. in length and 23 mm. in breadth (exactly the dimensions of Ililgendorf's specimen), is strongly arched in the front part in an antero-posterior direction and slishtly so from side to side. The three antero-lateral teeth are very prominent and conical, the second and third with spiniform points curved forwards. The acute sub- hepatic tuhercle, though small, is visible from above, causing the antero-lateral margin to appear four-toothed. The external orbital angle is produced into a small triangular tooth. The postero-lateral margin is longer than the antero-lateral, and is slightly concave owing to the prominence of the last pair of antero-lateral teeth. The ^hole surface of the carapace bears scattered and rather coarse granules, only some of the broad, shallow, inter-regional grooves being smooth. The setae covering the carapace are rather thick-set and moderately long, springing in pencils of four ur five, of which one BBACHTURA FROM TOERES STRAITS. 17 is genei'ally much longer than the rest. The front is much tleflexed, the inner lohcs broadly rounded, the outer small and spiniform. The upper orbital margin has two hardly visible fissures, and is, like the lower margin, only faintly granulated. The internal angle of the lower margin is acutely rounded. The sub-hepatic region bears a few" granules near the outer margin besides the sub -hepatic tooth. The merus of the chelipeds has a stout blunt tooth near the distal end of its upper margin. The carpus has a number of granules on its outer surface, which is clothed with long setae, and there is a sharp tooth at its inner angle. In the hand of the larger cheliped the greatest breadth is about equal to the length of the palm measured in the middle line, and the dactylus is about three-fourths of this length. The whole outer surface of the palm bears longitudinal rows of acute granules, with one or tw^o smaller granules scattered in the rather wide interspaces between the rows. On the upper margin some of the granules become spiniform, and the whole surface bears numerous rather long setfe, which extend with the granulation on to the bases of both fingers. The fingers are slightly furroAved. The merus of the ambulatory legs has the upper edge terminating distally in a spine, behiiid which there is a notch running down on both faces of the joint as a short groove. From Hilgendoi'fs accou.nt our specimen differs in the rather more concave postero- lateral margins; in the more prominent sub-hepatic tooth (" nur angedeutet ") ; in the much less distinct granulation of the orbital margins ; and in having the whole outer surface of the hand covered with granules and setfe. The granules on the surface of the carapace also aj)pear to be more numerous. Unfortunately both antennal flagella are wanting in our specimen. The regions of the carapace are not so distinctly marked as in Hilgendorf's figure, but they appear to be similarly disposed. The tooth on the distal end of the merus of the ambulatory legs is not indicated by Hilgendorf. The ' Challenger ' specimen described by Miers, and regarded by him as a variety of this species, differs from the type and agrees with our specimen in the characters of the orbital margin, of the larger cheliped, and of the ambulatory legs. The sub-hepatic tooth, however, is said to be deficient and the chelipeds are nearly equal in size. P. Sluiteri of De Man (Weber, Reise Niederl. O.-Ind. ii. p. 283, pi. i. fig. 2, and (as P. ForskaUi, M.-E.), Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) p. 295, pi. xii. fig. 1) is a closely allied species, but differs in the less prominent antero-lateral teeth and more granulated caraj>ace, and in the absence of the notch and tooth on the merus of the ambulatory legs. P. scabri- iisciiliis, Ad. & Wh. (Zool. Voy. ' Samarang,' Crust, p. 44, pi. ix. fig. 5) has the antero- lateral teeth less prominent, wdde, and denticulated. Locality. " Fringing reef, Mer, Murray Island." Distribution. E. Africa (Inhambane, Hilgendorf), to Tongatabu (Jflifrs). PiLTJMNUS CKiSTiPES, n. sp. (Plate 1. figs. 1-3.) Carapace closely covered with a short fur, which does not conceal the ratlier prominent regional areolte. On removing the fur, a few scattered granules are seen, each bearing a tuft of short hairs. The front part of the carapace is strongly convex in an antero- SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. YIII. 3 IS I»K. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF posterior direction, while the posterior part is flat, rrom side to side, in the line of the lateral teeth, the surface is only slightly convex. The strongly deflexed front is divided by a rather deep incision into two rounded lobes, and the outer angles form sharp downwardly directed teeth, not visible from above, separated by a groove from the supra-orbital angle. The upper margin of the orbit is interrupted by two short open fissures, and a third is present on the lower margin just below the external angle. The external angle of the orbit is not very prominent, rounded, and produced backwards for a short distance as a slight ridge above the level of the first antero-lateral tooth. The antero-lateral margin is equal in length to the postero-lateral, and is cut into four thick, bluntly rounded teeth, increasing in length from before backwards, covered with fur intersjjersed with granules. The flagellum of the antenna is nearly one fourth the length of the carapace. The ridges of the palate are distinct but not very prominent, and become obsolete before reaching the front margin of the buccal frame. The chelipeds are very unequal ; the merus is short, trigonous, the upper margin carrying a large rounded tooth separated by a narrow incision from the projecting rounded distal angle ; the carpus has on its convex outer face scattered granules, l^artly arranged in oblique lines and interspersed with fur, and a transverse groove runs parcillel to the distal margin ; the hand of the larger cheliped (the right) has the palm but little longer than broad, with longitudinal rows of granules nearly hidden by the fur on its outer face ; the fingers are stout, aliout one-half the length of the palm, with blunt rounded teeth on the inner edges ; the dactylus has a patch of granules and hairs at its base, and both fingers are slightly grooved. In the smaller hand the granules on the outer face are less regularly arranged in rows. The ambulatory legs have the merus wdth a sharp crest on its upper edge, rising gradually with a straight edge towards the distal end, where a narrow notch separates it from the prominent rounded distal tooth. In the first three pairs the anterior and posterior faces of the merus are smooth and nearly free from hair. In the last pair of legs the jjosterior face of the merus is closely furred. The carpus and propodus of all the legs are considerably expanded and flattened, covered with fur rather longer than that on the carapace, and the carj)us has a deep longitudinal groove on the anterior and posterior faces. The dactylus of all the legs is stout and nearly cylindrical. The abdomen (female) has all seven joints free. The form described above differs from all the species of Pilumnus known to me in the crested merus of the ambulatory legs, the feebly developed endostomial ridges, and the blunt teeth of the antero-lateral margin. In the first two of these characters it aj)proaches the P. dilai/pes of Adams & White (Zool. Voy. ' Samarang,' Crust, p. 4i, pi. ix. fig. 4), for Avhich Miers has proposed to constitute a separate genus Lophopilmniius (Rep. Chall. Brachyura, p. 148) ; but in that species the antero-lateral teeth are broad and denticulated and the meral crests are of very dilferent shape and are not divided by a notch near the distal end. In the great convexity of the anterior portion of the carapace the species has some resemblance to an Actumnus, in which genus, however, the carapace is not BRACHTUEA FEOM TORRES STRAITS. 19 flattened posteriorly and is usually strongly arched from side to side. Dr. De Man has suggested to me a possil)le relationship with the genus Lophoxmithns. In that "-enus, however, the carapace is usually depressed and glabrous, and though Miss Eathlnin has recently described a species L. frontalis (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1893, p. 23G) formino- an exception in both these respects, it does not appear to draw appreciably nearer to the present form. The whole aspect of our species, the shape of the front, and many other small points are so suggestive of Filumnus that it seems best, for the present at any rate, to include it in that genus, tliougli it certainly diverges considerably from the more typical species. Length of carapace 20 ram. Length of chela 18 mm. Breadth „ 28 „ „ dactylus 8 „ Length of larger cheliped 31 ,, „ last leg 30 „ Locality. " Fringing reef, Mabuiag." AcTUMjrus SETiFER (De Haan). Pilumnus setifcr, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust, p. 50, pi. iii. fig. .3. Actttmnus setifer, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. P.iris, i. p. 287, pi. xv. figs. 5-.") 6 (18G5) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic See. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 202 (1898). Our four specimens show considei-ablc variation in several points, l)ut must all, I think, ])e referred to this common and widely distributed species. The smallest specimen is a female, and, although only 6'25 mm. in length, carries eggs. In this individual the lobulation of the carapace is not very pronounced, and the antero-lateral teeth are prominent and tipped with spiniform tubercles. In some of the larger specimens the lobules of the carapace are more prominent, the carapace is more convex, and the antero- lateral teeth are reduced to low, rounded lobes, on wliich the minute spiniform points are completely hidden by the dense pubescence covering the whole carapace. These differences, as well as slight variations in the relative breadtli of the carapace, appear to be independent of age or sex. In a very large male, 17'5 mm. in length, from Sagami Bay, Japan, in the Museum of University College, the antero-lateral spines are very distinct, and the lobulation of the carapace is less pronounced than in a specimen only 7 mm. long in Prof. Haddon's collection. Localities. " Flinders Entrance, near Mer, 20-30 fatli." ; " S. of Orman's reef, 5-7 fath." Trapezia feretjginea, var. areolata (Dana). Trapezia ferrvginea areolata, Ortmann, Zool. Jalirl). Syst. x. p. 206 (with synonymy) ; Alcock, Jour-;. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 221 (1898). One specimen, an ovigerous female about 10 mm. in length, having the lateral teeth of the carapace acute. De Man has pointed out (Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) p. 317) that this juvenile character is occasionally retained in adult individuals, though as a rule these teeth become obtuse (var. iy/^;'>M«s, A. M.-E., N. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix. p. 259, pi. x. fig. (5). 8* 20 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF The reticulations on the carapace of our specimen are rather larger and more symmetri- cally disposed than in Milne-Edwards's figure. Locality. " Murray Island." Distribution. Ceylon to Tahiti. Trapezia crMODOCE (Herbst). Trapezia cymuduce, Ortmaim, Zool. Jalirb. Syst. x. p. 203 (with synonymy) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 219 (1898). Three specimens are referable to this species as defined by Ortmann. The pubescence on the outer surface of tlie chela is rather scanty and not conspicuous in dried specimens, and the lower margin of the chela is faintly granular. The carpus, of the chelipeds bears internally an acute spiniform tooth ; only in one detached cheliped is this tooth blunt {of. De Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) p. 310). Locality. " Murray Island, channels between reefs, 15-20 fath." Tetralia GiiABERUiMA (Herbst). Tetralia glaberrima. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. x. p. 209 (with synonymy); Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. (2) p. 223 (1898). Two specimens, one of which resembles tlie form named T. nigrifrons by Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 262, pi. xvi. fig. 2). The dark marginal band extends across the wdiole front edge of the carapace and halfway down the sides. Locality. " Reef, Wyer." Distribution. Red Sea to Marquesas. LissocARCiNrs ORBICULARIS, Dana. Lissocarcinus orbiadaris, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 288, pi. xviii. figs. 1 a-e; A. Milne- Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 418 (1861) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixviii. (2) p. 20 (1899). Six specimens presenting all the characters of Dana's species, but showing some slight variation in the distinctness of the antero-lateral teeth and in the concavity of the postero-lateral borders and consequent prominence of the lateral angles. Locality. " Murray Island, reef." Distribution. Mauritius to Fiji. Caphyra rotundiprons, a. Milne-Edwards. Camptonyx rotundifrom, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, v. 1869, p. 156, pi. vii. figs. 11-12. Cajihyra rotundifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix. 1873, p. 174. Two female specimens of this very rare species are in the collection. They agree very exactly with Milne-Edwards's description and figure, the only observable differences being that the frontal lobes are slightly more prominent in the middle and are separated from the supra-orbital margin on either side by a shallow notch ; the anterior margin of the merus of the chelipeds bears three teeth, and the merus of the second legs has no BEACHYUEA FEOM TOEEES STEAITS. 21 spine on its upper border. The carapace of our larger specimen measures 12'25 mm. in length by 15"5 mm. in breadth. Locality. " Torres Straits." Distribution. New Caledonia and Samoa [Ililne-Edwards). Xeptuntjs sangtjinolenttjs (Herl)st). i?//ja «a«^«iwo/e«/o, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 451, &in Rl'gne Anim., Crust, pi. x. fig. 1. Neptunus sanyuinolentus, A. Milue-Ed wards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 319 (18G1) ; Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixviii. (2) p. 32 (1899). Two small and. imperfect specimens, the larger only 15 mm. in length, belong apparently to this common species, though the characteristic " ocelli " are very faintly indicated on the carapace. Locality. " Torres Straits." Neptunus pelagicus (L.). Lupa pelagica, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 450. Neptunus pelayicus, De Haan, Faun. Jap., Crust, p. 37, pis. ix., x. ; A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, X. p. 320 (1861) ; Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixviii. (2) p. 34 (1899). Two specimens, about 22 mm. in length , are no doubt referable to this common species, though they differ in some slight details from large specimens. In general shape and in the character of the antero-lateral teeth they approach the N. armatus of A. Milne- Edwards [1. c. p. 322, pi. xxxiii. fig. 2), but the external frontal teeth are not in our specimens obtvise, and the spine on the median supra-orbital lobe is indicated, though not so large as in full-grown specimens of N. pelagicus. As Ortmann has pointed out (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 75), it is very doubtful whether N. armatus is a distinct sj)ecies. Milne-Edwards says of it : " Cette espece est de tons les Neptunus connus la plus elargie " ; while Miex"s, referi'ing to the vei*y specimen described by Milne-Edwards, states that " the carapace is relatively somewhat narrower .... than in N. pelagicus of about the same size" (Rep. Voy. 'Alert,' Crust, p. 229), Locality. " Fringing reef, Mabuiag." Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus (Milne-Edwards). Lupa granulata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 454. Amphitrite gladiator, De Haan, Faun. Jap., Crust, p. 65, pi. xviii. fig. 1 [not pi. i. fig. 5). Achelous granulatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 344 (1861). Neptunus {Achelous) granulatus, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, ixviii. (2) p. 45 (1899). A female specimen, 12 mm. long, agrees well with De Haan's figure, except that, as in all young specimens, the lateral spines are more elongated. Locality. " Murray Island." Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus, var. unispinosus, Miers. Achelous granulatus, var. unispinosus, Miers, Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' Crust, p. 230, pi. xxiii. fig. B. Neptunus [Achelous] unispinosus, Miers, Rep. Voy. 'Challenger/ Brachyura, p. 180; De Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 558. •22 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Two males, 7'5 and 11 mm. long respectively, agi*ee witli Miers's type specimen in the shape of the frontal lobes and in having only one spine on the posterior edge of the arm. The antcro-lateral teeth, however, are not distinctly more spiniform, nor is the last tooth longer than in specimens of A. grmiulatus of similar size. The second spine of the posterior edge of the arm is represented by a slight rudiment, as it is, indeed, in the type specimen. I do not think that the form can be ranked as more than a variety of A. granulafus, as it was originally regarded by Miers. Localities. " Sabai Channel " ; " Murray Island.'' Thalamita prtmna (Herbst). The forms of Thalamita in which the front is divided into eight lobes were distributed by A. Milne-Edwards among seven species and reunited by Kossmann into one, while more recent writers haA^e expressed various views intermediate between these two extremes. Alcock has recently affirmed his belief in the correctness of Kossmann's view, while retaining, for the sake of convenience, sei^arate specific names for some of the forms. Ten specimens collected by Prof. Haddon belong to this section of the genus and fall into three groups, not one of w^hich agrees in all points with any of the described species : — {a) A large male, the carapace of which measures 37 mm. in length by 59 mm. in breadth, agrees best on the whole wdth the descriptions of the typical Th. prymna, but presents certain points of diff'erence. Comparing the frontal lobes wdth the figure given by DeMan (Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. xxii. pi. iv. fig. 5), the outer or fourth pair are much more strongly arcuate and resemble the figure of Th. spinimana (I. c. fig. 7) ; the third pair of frontal lobes are separated by an open fissure from the second or submedian, as in Dana's figure of Th. crassimana (U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, pi. xvii. fig. 9«) ; the sub- median are slightly less prominent than the median lobes, which they distinctly ovei'lap above, an arrangement which, according to A. Milne-Edwards (Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 362), "ne se voit jamais chez le Th. prymna." De Man's description and figure of Th. Cfpruleipes (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 568, pi. xiv. fig. 12 a) fits this specimen well as regards the third and fourth frontal lobes, but the median pair are stated to be wider than the submedian, while in the present instance the reverse is the case. The basal antennal joint carries a row of about four sharp spines besides some smaller granules. Milne-Edwards assigns to it only two or three spines, while Dana figures an irregularly toothed crest. The fourth antero-lateral tooth is very small, and the greatest breadth of the carapace is measured between the third pair of teeth. The cheliped differs from all descriptions of Th. prymna in having three spines instead of two on the upper margin of the hand, the additional spine being smaller than the other two and close to the proximal end. {h) A male specimen, 21 mm. long by 33 mm. broad, has a row of granules on the basal antennal joint and a minute fourth antero-lateral tooth, and would therefore be referred by Milne-Edwards's table (/. c. p. 367) to Th. Stimpsoni, which De Man regards as a variety of Th. Bancv (Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. xxii. p. 78). With De Man's figure of Th. Dante {I. c. pi. iv. fig. 8) our specimen agrees in the nearly strtiight anterior edge BKACHYURA FEOM TORRES STRAITS. 23 of the outer frontal lobes, but it differs in having the other three pairs of lobes separated only by slight notches. The abdomen does not present the peculiar outline figured by De Man (7. c. fig. 9), but he has since stated that this character is not constant (Notes Leyden Mus. xv. j). 285). In most other points this individual agrees closely with the above described specimen a, lacking, however, the third spine on the ujoper edge of the hand. A larger female specimen (31 mm. long) agrees with this, except that the fourth autero-lateral tooth is a little larger. (c) Eight specimens, all of small size, including two ovigerous females of 8 mm. and 7 mm. in length respectively. The outer frontal lobes have a well-curved margin ; the third lobes are narrow, rounded, and sej)arated from the second by an open notch; the second or submedian lobes are very broad, about half as broad again as the median pair, which they distinctly overlap ; the three inner j^airs of lobes reach to about the same level. The fourth antero-lateral tooth is very minute or absent. The ridges of the hand have the same arrangement as in Th. pri/mua, but on the lower half of the outer face the ridges and the intervening spaces are quite smooth. The basal joint of the antenna is markedly shorter than in the other specimens described above. These small specimens depart more widely from the typical 27i. piyimia than do the other specimens, but I have failed to identify them with any of the described species. Localities. " Flinders Entrance, near Mer, 20-30 fath." ; " Channels between reefs, Mui-ray Island, 15-20 fath." Thalamita admete (Herbst). Thalamita admete, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 459 ; Daua, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 281, pi. xvii. figs. 5«-c; A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. 1861, p. 350. T. Saviffinji, A. Milue-Edwards, 1. c. p. 357. T. admete, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soe. Bengal, Ixviii. (2) p. 82 (1899). Three female specimens, the largest 10'5 mm. long by 11'5 mm. broad, carrying ova. They appear to agree with the descriptions of Tk. Savignyi, and are very similar to specimens so labelled in the British Museum. There appears, however, to be little doubt that this form is only a variety of Th. admete. Locality. " Channel between reefs, Mer." Thalamita sijia, Milne-Edwards. Thalamita sima, Milue-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 460. Portunus {Thalamita) arcuatus, De Haan, Faun, Jap., Crust, p. 43, pi. ii. fig. 2. Thalamita sima, A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 359 (1861) ; De Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 564 (1896) ; Alcock, Jouru. Asiatic Soc. Beugal, Ixviii. (2) p. 81 (1899). Six specimens, including an ovigerous female only 8'5 mm. in length, are referred to this species. In the larger specimens (20 mm. long) the antennal crest is smooth or nearly so, but in the smaller it is minutely granulated. In none are the margins of the median frontal lobes concave as described by De Man. Localities. "Fringing reef and shore, Thursday Island"; " Channel between reefs, Murray Island." 24 DE. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Kraussia nitida, Stimpson. Kranssia nitida, Stimpson, Pr. Acad. Pbilad. 1858, p. 40 ; Miers, Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' Crust, p. 235 ; Henderson, Tr. Linn, Soe., (2) Zool. v. p. 379, pi. xxxvii. fig. 9 (1893) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic See. Bengal, Ixviii. (2) p. 98 (1899). A single male specimen appears to agree well with this species as briefly characterized by Stimpson and Miers and more fully by Henderson and Alcock. The frontal lobes are rather less deeply subdivided than in the figure given by Henderson. The whole surface of the carapace is covered with very minute granulations in short transverse rows. The outer surface of the hand is faintly granidated distally and near the upper edge. Locality. " Channel between reefs, Murray Island." Metopogeapsus messor (Forsk.). Metopoyrapsus messor, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 190; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vii. 1894, p. 701. A small specimen (8-6 mm. long) appears to belong to this widely distributed species. In the relative length of the propodus of the ambulatory legs it approaches the variety gracilipes of De Man (Notes Leyden Mus. xiii. p. i9), but the specimen is too immature for precise determination. Locality. " Cockburn group (N. Queensland), shore." Varuna litterata (Fabr.). Varuna litterata, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 205; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vii. 1894, p. 713; De Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ix. 1897, p. 112. One female specimen. Locality. " Torres Straits." OCYPODA CERATOPHTHALMA (Pallas). Ocypoda ceratophthalma, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. x. 1897, p. 364 (with synonymy). Five full-grown males and one female and a number of immature individuals are in the collection. Localities. " Eeef, Murray Island " ; " Mer " ; " Mabuiag." UCA TETRAGONON (Hcrbst). GeJasimus tetragonon, Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. !Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 143, pi. ix. fig. 11 (with synonymy) ; De Man, Notes Leyden Mus. xiii. 1891, p. 24, pi. ii. fig. 6 ; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vii. 1894, p. 754. Ilea tetrayona, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. x. 1897, p. 348. A male specimen, in which the carapace measures 13 mm. in length, is referred to this species. In the armature of the fingers the large chela agrees precisely with Kingsley's figure [I. c), but the fingers themselves are much shorter, not equalling the palm in length, and the outline of the chela therefore resembles the figure of G. variatus which Kingsley (/. c. pi. x. fig. 32) copies from Hess. The last-named species is regarded by BRACHTUEA FEOM TORRES STEAITS. 25 De Man and Ortmann as synonymous with the present. De Man's description and figure (I. c.) agree closely witli our specimen, save that the orbits are more oblique and the fingers of the chela much longer in the figure. Locality. "Torres Straits." Distribution. Eed Sea to Sandwich Islands. Ceratoplax (?) sp. An imperfect dried specimen resembles rather closely in general shape the Ceratopln.r ciliata of Stimpson, as figured by Miers (Chall. Rep., Brachyura, p. 234, pi. xix. fig. 3). It differs, however, in the broader meral and carpal joints of the walking-legs (Miers states that in his specimen the legs " are i-ather more slender than in the description of Dr. Stimpson ") and in the rather stouter fingers of the chelipeds. It differs, moreover, not only from Miers's figure, but also from the generic diagnosis in the fact that the antero-external angle of the merus of the third maxillipeds is roimded oil' and not distinctly produced. Locality. " Torres Straits." Calappa hepatic a (L.). Calappa hepatica (L.), Alcock, .Tonrii. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixv. (2) p. 142 (1896). Three female specimens, the carapace of the largest measuring 40 mm. in length by 60 mm. in breadth. Locality. " Miu-ray Island." CRTPTOCNEMrs Haddoni, n. sp. (Plate 1. figs. 4-8.) Description. The margins of the lateral wings of the carapace are convex, presenting no salient lateral angle such as is present in C. pentagonus, Stps., and passing, with scarcely an indication of a poster o -lateral angle, into the posterior margin, where the curve meets its fellow in the middle line in a slight re-entrant angle. The lateral margin is continued on to the dorsal surface of the carapace beliind the hepatic region on either side as a faintly marked ridge which soon dies out. The front is obtusely triangular and slightly reflexed, the straight line of each side being continued beyond the orbit to the prominent hepatic angle. On the flat dorsal surface a low longitudinal keel runs from the tip of the rostrum to near the posterior edge of the carapace, being most prominent on the cardiac region, and the branchial regions are very slightly inflated. The surface of the carapace is perfectly smooth ; the posterior and lateral margins, as well as the faint ridges on the hepatic regions, are microscopically beaded. The antennular fossse are transverse. The third maxillipeds have the merus equal in length to the ischium, acutely triangular and projecting well beyond the margin of the buccal area, though not so far as to be visible from above. The exopod is equal in breadth to the ischium ; its outer edge is convex, the tip truncate and very slightly concave. The chelipeds have the merus trigonous, with two minutely granular lines on its lower margin ; the carpus has a slight keel exteriorly ; the hand is compressed, the edges acute, the palm being one and a half times SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 4 26 T)R. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF as long as broad ; the tingers are grooved and oue-tbird tlie length of the palm. The walking-legs have the merus compressed and crested above and below, the carpus and propodus with a double keel on the upper edge and the dactylus styliform. The abdomen of the female is very nearly circular in outline, and the first, second, and last somites are free. The whole of the under surface is quite smooth. Length 5-5 mm. ; breadth 7 '25 mm. Of the four described species of Cryptocnmius our new form approaches most closely to the type, C. pentagonus of Stimpson (Pr. Acad. Philad. 1858, p. 161), figured by Miers (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871), p. 13, pi. ii. tig. 5), whose imperfect specimen I have examined. In that species, however, the wings of the carapace are produced into acute lateral angles, and the straight postero-lateral and posterior margins meet at an obtuse angle ; the front is more sti'ongly reflexed and more acute, the branchial regions are more convex, the lateral margins are not continued on to the dorsal surface in front, and the granulation of the posterior and lateral margins is more pronounced than in the present species ; the antennular fossae ai'e oblique and the palp of the external maxillipeds is rounded, not distinctly truncate, at the tip. In C. Hokhicorthi, Miers (Tr. Lion. Soc, (2) Zool. i. p. 241, pi. xxxviii. figs. 30-32, 1878), the lateral margins are at right angles to the posterior margin, and there are two olilique carinse running from the cardiac region to the posterior corners on the dorsal surface of the carapace. C. Grand tdicrl, A. Milne-Edwards (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (4) v. p. 155, pi. vi. fig. 4, 1865), resembles Q. HoldswortJii in general shape, but has a broadly truncate front, the posterior border is notched in the middle, and the surface of the carapace has three granulated carina? diverging from the centre to the rostrum and the two posterior corners respectively. Finally, C. oboliis, Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 570, pi. xxvi. fig. 12, 1892), has a nearly circular outline, the rostrum is bifid, and the hepatic prominences are acute, almost spiniform, teeth. Locality. " Channel between reefs, Mer." Oreophoeus frontalis, Miers. Oreuphorus frontalis, Miers, Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' p. 2o4-, pi. xxvi. fij^. B. A comparison of our eight individuals with the unique type specimen leaves no doubt as to their identity. Miers's figure does not represent quite accurately the proportions of the carapace, the relative length, and especially the prominence of the whole frontal region, being considerably exaggerated. Localities. "Flinders Entrance, near ^ler " ; "Channels between reefs, Murray Island." Myra tug ax (Fabr.). Myra fur/fix (Fa])r.), Alcock, .lourii. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixv. [2) p. 202 (1890) (and syuouyms). M. pentacantlia ?, Alcock, 1. c. p. 204. Two male sp(>ciuiens, of small size and therefore difiieult to determine with certainty, ar(^ probably young forms of this common and variable species. The smaller of the two possesses five spines on the posterior margin of the carapace and a well-marked tubercle BHACHYURA FROM TORRES STRAITS. 27 on the intestinal region. It agrees closely with the type specimens of M. dahia, Miers (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1S79, p. 12), from Japan, whicli Miers suhsecpiently (Rep. ' Challenger ' Erachyura, p. 314) identitied with the A[. coaUta of Ililgeudort' (Monatsljer. Akad. Berlin, 1S78, p. 812, pi. i. figs. 6, 7), ranking it as a variety of 31. fugax. The 31. pentacautha ol' Alcock, of which I have examined specimens, differs chiefly in the puhescence of the frontal region. Tliis provisional species is regarded hy its anthoi- as heing prohablv the young form of M. fugax. Locality. " Channels between reefs, ^Murray Island." Myra -\ustkalis, lias well (?). Myra australis, Haswell, Proc. Limi. Soc. N. S. Wales, iv. p. 50, pi. v. tig-. ;i (1879) ; Haswell, Cat. .^ustr. Crust, j). 122 ; Miers, Rep. ' Challeuger ' Bracliyura, p. 315. A female specimen, 20 mm. in length, is provisionally referred to this species on account of its general resemhlance to specimens so named in the collections of the British IMuseum. Prom these and from Haswell's account, however, it differs in the shorter neck-region, in the finer and closer granulation of the surface, and in the absence of any distinct group of granu.les on the intestinal region. Loralihi. " Channel between reefs, Mer." Leucosia longifrons, var. pulchekrima, Miers. Lenco.y'ni jnilclierrima, Miers, Tr. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. i. p. 236, pi. xx.wiii. figs. 4-6 (1877); Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, iv. p. 46 (1879). L. spkndida, Haswell, 1. c. p. 47, pi. v. fig. 1. L. loiiyifroHs, \ay. piikherrima, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, hv. (2) p. 219 (1896). A male specimen, agreeing minutely with Miers's type specimen, save that the " tlioracic sinus " is rather more contracted. \\ydxi from the colour-markings, Alcock states that this variety is distinguished from the typical L. longifrons by having the surface of the cai apace slightly punctate instead of perfectly smooth, and by the stronger dorsal and ventral keels on the jjropodites of the ambulatory legs. Neither of these characters is so Avell marked in the Torres Straits specimen as in some specimens from Yokoliama which I refer to L. longifroiis. The carapace of the present specimen is mucli distorted, being swollen on one side, probably by the presence of an epicarid parasite in the branchial chamber. Locali///. " Channel between reefs, Murray Island, 15-20 fath." Leucosia Haswelli, Miers. Leucosia HasireUi, ]\Hers, Rep. 'Challenger' Bracliyura, p. 821, pi. .\xvii. tig. 2 ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixv. (2) p. 222 (1896). Our specimen shows an almost precise agreement with the descriptions of Miers and Alcock and with the type s))ecimens in the British Museum. The inner (or lower) margin of the hand is defined hy two distinct rows of fine granules, the lower replacing the row of punctations of Alcock's description. Locality. "Pringing reef and shore, Thursday Island." 4* 28 DH. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF PSEUDOPHILYRA TRIDBNTATA, Miers. Psmdo/ihihjra tridentata, Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 11, pi. ii. fig. 4; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc, Bengal, Ixv. (2) p. 250 (1890). Our specimen, a male, agrees closely with Miers's type specimen, which, though described as a male, is apparently a sterile female. The inferior hepatic prominences are in our specimen placed a little further forward, so that they are visible from above in front of the superior prominences. The figure which accompanies Miers's description is a very indifferent representation of the type specimen, the whole frontal region, for instance, appearing relatively much too broad. The following are the approximate dimensions of the type and of our specimeu : — Type specimen. Torres Straits specimeu. Length of carapace 10 mm. 13-5 mm. Breadth „ 8-5 „ 11-5 „ Height „ 5-5 „ 7-0 „ Width of front between external orbital teeth ... 2'35 „ 2'75 „ Length of cheliped 210 „ „ palm 7-0 „ Width of palm 3-5 „ Length of fingers 30 „ Alcock's description applies very well to the specimen before me, except that he states the hand to be about " half as long again as broad." As will be seen from the figures given above, the palm alone, exclusive of the fingers, is twice as long as broad. Each finger carries a low obtuse tooth on the inner edge about the middle of its length. Locality. "Torres Straits." Distribution. Persian Gulf {Alcock) ; S. Japan {Miers). Akcania gkacilipes. Bell (?). Arcania gracilipes, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxi. p. 310, pi. xxxiv. fig. 9 (1855) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixv. (2) p. 270 (1896). A male specimen, the carapace of which measures about 7 mm. in length and in breadth, with chelipeds about 15 mm. long, is referred with some doubt to this species. Compared with Bell's type specimen, it diff'ers in the greater excavation of the hepatic regions above and the consequent greater prominence of the neck-region. The front (between the orbits) is also more prominent at the outer corners, so that the orbits have a more lateral position. The carapace, as a whole, appears much less inflated, and the inter-regional grooves, especially the branchio-cardiac grooves, are deeper. The marginal tvibercles are less prominent, and the whole surface is covered with closely-set depressed and smooth granules. In the type the granules are more widely spaced and more or less distinctly capitate or fungiform. Some phrases of Alcock's description, the " sunken " hepatic region and the cju*apace " closely covered with flat discoidal granules," are more suggestive of our specimen than of the type. Locality. " Minders Entrance, Mer, 20-30 fath." BRACK rUEA FROM TORRES STRAITS. 29 Genus Palicus, Philippi. ( = Cymopolia, Roux.) The most diverse opinions have been expressed as to the systematic position of this genus, and although it retains its place among the Dorippidoe in Bouvier's recent revision of that family (Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris, (8) ix. 1898), there appears to be considerable reason to doubt the correctness of this view. Without attempting to enter on a discussion of the question, I may note that the penial appendages of the male are (in the single specimen 1 have examined as to tliis point) distinctly exserted from the sternum at some distance from the bases of the last pair of legs. "With regard to the disposition of these parts in the Dorippidse, the statements of authors are conflicting. Miers, for instance, writes : " The sexual appendages in tlie male are exserted from the sternum " (Rep. 'Challenger' Brachyura, p. 32G), while Ortmann has " miinnlicho (Tenitaloffmmg stets coxal gelegen " (Bronu, Thier-Reich, Crust, ii. p. 1157). I find that in Borlppe the latter statement is the more correct, although the penial tube lies, at its base, between two processes of the sternum, which may in {D. sima) meet above and form a complete ring. The greater separation of the place of emergence of the penes from the bases of the legs in Palicus tends to support the view of those authors who would ally this genus with the Catometopa. The description and figures of Pleurophncus spinipes given by De Man (Arch. Xaturg. liii. (1) p. 311, pi. XV. fig. 1, 1887) are strongly suggestive of close affinity between that genus and the present. The general outline of the carapace, the relative length of the four pairs of ambulatory legs, the shape of the third maxillipeds, and the very broad sternum are among the points of i-esemblance between the two. Pleurophricus crisiatipes, A. M.-E., the type and only other species of the genus, appears, from Milne-Edwards's figure ( Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, Heft iv. pi. xii. fig. 6), to have less resemblance to Palicus, the ambulatory legs being all of about the same length. De Man considers Pleui-o- phricus to be more nearly allied to Corystoidea than to any other group of Brachyura. Milne-Edwards had placed it among the Oxystomata, while Miers suggests that its place is with tbe Schizophi'ysinse among the Oxyrhyncha (Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. xiv. p. 660). Palicus Jukesii (White). (Plate 1. figs. 9-13.) Cymopolia Jukesii, White, Jukes's Voy. ' Fly,' ii. App. p. 338, pi. ii. tig. 1 (lSi7) ; .Miers, Zool. Voy. 'Erebus' and 'Terror,' vol. ii. no. xx. Crust, p. 3, pi. iii. figs. -1 a-c (1875) (1874?) ; Miers, Rep. ' Challenger ' Brachyura, p. 335 (1886). C. carinipes, Paulson, Crustacea of the Red Sea (Russian), Kiev, 1875, p. 73, pi. ix. figs. 4-4 «. Palicus Jukesii, Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris, (8) ix. p. 12 (sep. copy) (1898). Description of male. The carapace is subquadrate in outline, with the lateral margins slightly convergent anteriorly. The surface is very uneven, being thrown into rounded transverse ridges, of which two, crossing the cara2)ace at the level of the gastric and cardiac regions respectively, are the most conspicuous. The prominent regions are coarsely granulated and the whole surface is nearly free from hairs. The front is divided into two rounded lobes defined from the orbital margin on either side by a 30 ]>K. W, T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF distinct notch. The upper margin of the orbit presents two fissures, of which the inner is a A^-shaped notcli, while the outer is closed and inconspicuous. Tlie external orbital tooth is blunt, and behind it on the lateral margin are two w^ell-marked teeth, with a slight indication of a third. The two lobes of the lower orbital margin are sharply triangular, the inner being the more prominent, and have the edges hardly or not at all granulated. On the sub-hepatic region just behind the lower orbital margin there is a blunt transversely elongated tubercle or short ridge. The eye-stalk carries about three tubercles, the largest of which, close to the corneal region on the anterior edge, is in the form of a flattened lobe with a rounded distal edge. The basal joint of the antenna has a very prominent longitudinal keel on its ventral surface, and externally a blunt laterally compressed lobe springs from near the base of the joint and is directed forwards and outwards. The two succeeding joints of the peduncle are narrow and cylindrical. The ischium of the third maxillipeds has two marked diagonal ridges on its ventral surface. The merus is produced distally external to the insertion of the carpus as a conspicuous rounded lobe extending to more than half the length of the carpus. The chelipeds in the single male specimen examined are rather feeble and are perhaps not fully developed. The palm is subcylindrical and has faint longitudinal ridges on its outer surface. The ambulatory legs of the second and third pairs have the upper (or anterior) edge of the merus cut into four teeth. The crest on the anterior margin of the carpus has no distinct proximal lobe, but the distal lobe is a sharp tooth set a little way back from the end of the joint. The propodus is much expanded, being three and a half times as lono- as broad, and the anterior edge is strongly convex. In the second pair of anibu- latorv legs (but in none of the others) there is, on the ventral surface of the merus at its proximal end, a short longitudinal ridge, which is minutely and regularly granulated. The abdomen of the male has all the somites free and each is crossed about the middle of its length by a transverse ridge. The lateral margins are slightly concave and form a distinct angle at the sixth somite. The sternum and abdomen are finely granulated. The first abdominal appendages of the male are stout and the two lobes of the tip are closelv approximated, the outer extending a little beyond the inner. The specimen from which my description and figures are taken agrees minutely with the specimens in the British Museum with which I have compared it. According to Miers's figure, the abdomen of the female is subcircular in outline, with all the somites distinct and transversely ridged as in the male. CuviopoJia varinipes of Paulson is very likely identical with the present species. His fio-iu-es show the general shape of the carapace to be very similar, though the lateral margins arc more nearly parallel. The transverse grooves and ridges of the surface and the granulation of the more prominent parts correspond Avith the sj^ecimen here described and figured. Paulson's figure of the entire animal (/. c. fig. 4) is, ap^mreutly, inaccurate as regards the shape of the frontal lobes, which his enlarged figure (fig. 4 a) shows to differ but sliglitly from the present form. The outer of the two fissures in the BRACllYU'KA FROM TORRKS STRAITS. 31 supra-orbital margin is represented as open and V-shaped. The lower orl)ital margin, the tubei'cles on the eye-stalk, the basal joint of the antenna, and the external niaxillipeds are all figured almost exactly as in our specimen. The tirst pair of walking-h^gs are rather stouter. The most marked ditference, however, is that the tubercle on the under- side of the hepatic region is more strongly developed, being represented by a curved transverse ridge, fmni the outer end of wliich a row of granules (not found in our specimen) runs backwards for a short distance pai-aliel to the lateral margin of the carapace. Locality. "Torres Straits." DistrihHtioH. Sir C. Hardy Island (Torres Straits) [Jlli'de); Port Denison {I laswell) \ Celebes Sea (Jliers) ; Red Sea {Panlmii). Palicus Wiiitei (Miers). (Plate 2. tigs, lt-19.) Cymupolia IVhitei, Miers, Rep. Voy. 'Alert,' Crust, p. 551, pi. xlix. fig. C (1881). Palicus IVhitei, Bouvicr, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris, (8) ix. p. 12 (sep. copy) (Ih'JS). The lateral margins of the cai-apace are more nearly parallel than in /'. Jukesii. The surface is less uneven, the transverse ridges being less marked, but the regions are fairly prominent and well-defined, though there is some variation in these respects among our siiecimens. The granulation of the surface is much finer and there is a scanty short pubescence interspersed among the granules. The frontal lobes are separated from the upper orbital margin on each side by a shallow concavity. Both the fissures of the upper orbital margin are open and V-shaped, whih; a third, present in some members of the genus, is slightly indicated by a notch at the base of the outer orbital tooth. This tooth is generally more acute than in P. Jnkesii, but the two succeeding teeth on the latex'al margin are less prominent than in that species. The lobes of the lower margin of the orbit are low and rounded, and the edge is finely granulated. There is no tubercle on the sulvhepatic region behind the orbital margin. The basal joint of the antenna bears a slight longitudinal ridge on its ventral face and is produced externally into a broad rounded lobe, flattened dorso-ventrally and projecting into the orbit. The two succeeding joints are robust, the third joint especially being- expanded and compressed. The large prominence on the eye-stalk has a peculiar and characteristic form. It is a crescentic or sickle-shaped blade, springing from a narrow base near the distal end of the anterior edge of the eye-stalk, and curving over, close to but free from the corneal surface, terminating externally in an acute point. The ischium of the third maxilUpeds is only faintly ridged on its ventral face, and the antero-external process of the merus is very small, not reaching to one-half the length of the carpus. The chelipeds are feeble in both sexes, the palm cylindrical, without ridges, but faintly granular and pubescent. The second and third pairs of walking-legs have the merus pubescent and faintly granulated, but without teeth on the margins. The anterior crest of the carpus has rounded proximal and distal elevatioirs, the latter close to the end of the joint. The propodus is considerably narrower than in L\ Jnkesu, 32 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF being nearly four times as long as broad, and tbe anterior edge is only slightly convex. The granulated ridge on the underside of the merus of the second pair is present as in P. JuJcesii. The abdomen of both sexes is smooth, beset with small scattered setae. The fourth, fifth, and sixth somites are fused together, but the sutures are faintly visible. In the male the sides of the abdomen are straight, convergent, and curve gently inwards from the base of the last somite to the tip without any distinct angle. The first abdominal appendages of the male are slender, and the terminal lobes are divergent, the outer lobe being twice as long as the inner. Our specimens differ from Miers's type specimens in the greater robustness of tlic second and third pairs of ambulatory legs, the merus and, to a less extent, the propodus being distinctly broader. In all other characters, however, the agreement is complete. Locality. " Torres Straits.'' Dislrihtitioii. Seychelles, 4-12 fath. {Miers). Palicus serripes (Alcock & Anderson). (Plate 2. figs. 20-22.) Cymopolia serripes, Alcock & Anderson, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiii. pt. 2 (1895) (? 1894), p. 208 ; Illustr. Zool. ' Investigator,' Crust, pi. xxiv. fig. 7 (1896). Palicus serripes, Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris, (8) ix. p. 12 (sep. copy) (1898). Carapace with lateral margins convergent anteriorly, the surface leaving the I'egional areas well-defined Init not very prominent, beset with rather coarse granulations on the more prominent parts. Posteriorly the granulations tend to l)ecome squamiform, and there is a line of conspicuous scale-like elevations just within the posterior and postero- lateral margins. Scattered hairs occur among the granules, more numerous on the depressed portions of the surface. The front is four-lobed ; the inner lobes are acutely rounded and depressed, and extend beyond the outer lobes, which are low, rounded, slightly recurved, and hardly defined from the orbital margin. The upper ruargin of the orbit has two deep V-shaped fissures separated by an acute tootli, and a shallower notch at the base of the outer orbital tooth. The latter is acute, and is separated by a short interval from the first of the four subequal antero-latei'al teeth. The lower margin of the orbit is convex in its outer part, concave internally, and terminates in a shai-p internal orbital tooth. Just behind and parallel to the infra-orbital margin is a curved granulated ridge terminating internally in a small tubercle close to the tubercle which forms the anterior corner of the buccal frame. The basal joint of the antenna is pi'oduced extei-nally into a flattened lobe, similar to, but smaller than, that found in P. TVhitei, while the ventral face of the joint bears a row of three or four small tubercles in place of the longitudinal ridge found in that species. The two succeeding joints are rather elongated and cylindrical. The flagellum extends well beyond the outer angle of the orbit. The eye-stalk bears numerous, low, rounded tubercles, two of these on the anterior margin being larger than the others. The ischium of the third maxillipeds is nearly smooth on its ventral surface, and the merus has a well-developed antero-external BEACHYURA FEOM TORRES STRAITS. 33 process with a small acute tooth at its tip. The exopod is broader than in the two preceding sjiecies. The cheliped of our single imperfect specimen is rather short and stout, the ])alm comjiressed, with rows of granules on its upper edge and outer face. The first pair of legs liave the merus granulated and with a stout tooth at the distal extremity of its u^^per (or anterior) eJgc. The propodus and dactylus have each a few serrations on the lower edge. The merus of the second and tliird pairs is granulated, the granules becoming stout teeth on the upper and lower margins. The anterior crest of the carpus has two 2)rominent teeth, with smaller serrations between. The propodus is about two and a half times as long as broad, the upjjcr edge nearly straight, the lower edge serrate. The dactylus is broad and has three or four coarse and somewhat irregular teeth on its lower edge. There is no granulated ridge on the vmderside of the merus of the second pair. The single, much injured, female specimen from which the above description is taken agrees well with the description of Alcock and Anderson. The figure whicli they give, however (taken from a larger specimen), diflFers in some details. The outer lobes of the front are much less prominent, so that the front appears two-lobed ; the first lateral tooth follows close upon the extra-orbital and is separated by a slight interval from the second ; the granulation of the carapace appears to be less coarse, and mor(> restricted to the prominent lobules. Localilij. " Torres Straits." Distribution. " Madras coast, sliallow " [Alcock ^' Aiulevson). ACH.33US AFPiNis, Miers. Acheeus affinis,W\ers, Kep. Voy. 'Alert,' Crust, p. 188; De Mau, Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) p. 218 (1887) ; Alcock, .Tourn. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 172 (1895). A male specimen 55 mm. long is referred to this species. It is much smaller than any of the specimens of A. affinis with which I have compared it, i)ut it agrees with them in the characteristic points of the tuberculated eye-stalks and tlie bilobed cardiac tubercle. As De Man points out, the eye-stalk carries a small tul)ercle near the tip in addition to the large one at the middle of its length, and a small tubercle also lies behind the bilobed eminence on the cardiac region. Our specimen has four granules on the gastric region, two median and two lateral. The free part of the antenna is only a little shorter than the carapace. The neck is rather longer than in tlie type specimen, and the carapace as a w^hole is a little narrower. As in Miers's account, the merus of the cheUpeds is " somewliat trigonous," rather than " fast cylindrisch " as De Man describes it. Locality. " Channel between reefs, Murray Island, 15-20 fath." Paratymolus sexspinosus, Miers. Paratymolus sexspinoms, Miei-s, Rep. Voy. ' Alert,' Crast. p. 2G1, pi. sxvii. tig. B ; Heudersoa, Traus. Linn. Soc., (2) Zool. v. p. 2,7)2 (1893). In our single perfect specimen, which I have compared with Miers's type, the rostrum SECOMD SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 5 34. DE. W. T. CALM AN ON A COLLECTION OV is hardly cmarginate and the second antero-lateral tooth is less prominent than in Micrs's flgui'e. This sjiecies is recorded from India (Tuticoriu) by Prof. Henderson, though it is omitted (probably through inadvertence) from Alcock's revision of the Indian Oxyrhyncha. Localities. " Channel between reefs, Mer " ; " Mabuiag " (fragmentary specimen). Oncinopus aranea, De Haan. Inachus [Oncinopus) aranea, De Haau, Faun. Japon., Crust, p. 100, pi. xxxix. fig 2. Oncinopus aranea, Adams & White, Zool. Voy. ' Samarang,' Crust, p. 3. 0. neptunus, Adams & Wliite, /. c. p. 1, pi. ii. fig. 1. 0. aranea, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 183 (1895). Five female specimens, showing considerable variation in the relative prominence of the frontal lobes and in some other details. Alcock describes the antennte as "extremely short, reaching only just beyond the tip of the rostrum " ; in our specimens, however, as in the figure of Adams & White, the flagella of the antennae reach far beyond the tip of the rostrum. Locality. " Channel between reefs, Mer." Xenocarcintjs tuberctjlatus, White. Xenocarcinus tuber culatus.i White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 119; A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 253, pi. xii. figs. 1 a-g (1872) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal^ Ixiv. (2) p. 192 (1895) ; Alcock & Anderson, Illust. Zool. ' Investigator,' Crust, pi. xxxiii. figs. 3, 3 a (1898). A single, much damaged, male specimen, agreeing fairly well with Milne-Edwards's fig. 1, save that the carapace is much narrower. Locality. " Murray Island." HuENiA PROTEUS, De Haan. Maia [Huenia) proteus, De Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust, p. 95, pi. sxiii. figs. 4-6. Hueniaproteus, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 195 (1895). The series of this well-knowji species comprises two young males, an adult and a young female, and a " sterile " female in which only the 5th and 6th somites of the abdomen are fused. Localities. " Channel between reefs, Mer"; " South of Orman's reef, 5-7 fath." Menaethitjs monoceros, Latr. MenaeUiius monoceros, Latr., Milue-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. 339. M. anyustus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust, i. p. 120, pi. vf. figs. 5 a-b. M. monoceros, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 197 (1895). Two specimens of this very variable species approach most closely to the form named M. cmgustus by Dana, but the rostrum is rather shorter. Localities. " Murray Island " ; " Sabai Channel." BRACHYUliA FKOM TOEEES STEAITS. 35 Hyastenus spinosus, a. Milue-Edwards. Hyastenus spinosus, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 250 (1872) ; Miers, Kep. ' Challenger' Brachyura, p. 5G ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) ]). 211 (1895). A female specimen, about 25 mm. in total length, agrees witli the characters of this species as briefly indicated by Milne-Edwards and by Alcock, except that the lateral epibranchial spines apjiear rather small. It is identical with specimens in the British Museimi referred to this species by Mr. Miers. Au ovigerous female 20 mm. long diflfers in possessing a small acute granule on the cardiac region and three small tubercles (besides the epibranchial sj)ine) on each branchial region. Tlie two gastric spines are very small, but in other respects the specimen appears to agree with this species. Localities. "Murray Island"; " South of Orman's reef, 5-7 fatb." Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards. Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 250, pi. xiv. tig. l (1872) ; De Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. p. 224, pi. vii. fig. 2 (1887) ; Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 214 (1895). Of the two specimens which I refer to this species, one, a female about 16 mm. in total length, agrees closely with the example figured by De Man, the rostral spines being rather less than one-fourth of the total length and strongly divergent. In a male specimen about 18 mm. long the rostral spines are more than one-third of the total length and quite parallel, and the whole carapace is rather narrower and not quite so much contracted in front, though still much more so than in Milne-Edwards's figure. The parallel rostral spines of the latter specimen give it a certain resemblance to H. Sehcc, White (Seba, Thesaurus, iii. pi. xviii. tig. 12), in which, however, the distal parts of the much longer spines are divergent. In the specimens of M. Sebcc which I have examined the carapace is much less tuberculated than in the present specimens. The chelipeds of our male specimen resemble Milne-Edwards's figure, but the hands are rather less expanded distally, and the serrated edges of the fingers meet for about half their length instead of only at the tip as Alcock states. Locality. " South of Orman's Reef, 5-7 fath." Hyastenus convexus, Miers. Hyastenus convexus, Miers, Eep. Voy. 'Alert,' Crust, p. 19fi, pi. xviii. fig. B; Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc, (2) Zool. v. p. 344 (1893). A male specimen of 10 mm. and a female of 13 mm. total length are referred with some douljt to Miers's species, with which they agree in the very convex gastric region and in the absence of spines from the carapace. They differ chiefly in the shorter rostral spines, which in the female are less than one-fourth of the total length. In the male there are minute acute tubercles representing the epibranchial spines as iu the specimen described by Henderson. LocaUtii. " Mer." 36 DE. AV. T. OILMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Hyastenus Brockii, Dc Man. Hyastenus Brockii, De Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. (1) 1887, p. 221, pi. vii. figs. 1 a-6; Henderson, Trans. Liun. Soc, (2) Zool. v. p. 344 (1893). A single very imperfect dried specimen ( -e one on the cardiac region. All the spines of the carapace are distinctly knobl)ed at the tip. The supra-ocular hood is deeply divided into two teeth, of which the anterior is acute and turned upwards and forwards while the posterior is truncate. The nieriis of the ambulatory legs bears two spiniform tubercles distally. The rostral spines are strongly divergent and hardly more than one-third of the length of the carapace. Locality. " Torres Straits." ScHizoPHRYS ASPERA (Milnc-Edwards). Mithrax asper, Mihie-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p. .320. Schizophrys uspera, A. Milne-Ed wards, N. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 231, pi. x. fig. 1 (1872) ; Aleock Jourii. Asiatic Soe. Bengal, Ixiv. (2) p. 243 (18li. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF Lambhus (Pakthenolambkus) confragosus, n. sp. (Plate 3. figs. 27 & 28.) Bescriptioii of female. Carapace roughly triangular in outline, about as long as broad. Rostrum truncated and considerably deflexed. Hepatic regions projecting in tbe form of a vertically compressed, narrow, bluntly pointed tooth. In front this tooth is defined by a deep notch separating it from the postorbital angle, and behind a shallower excava- tion marks it off from the convex, crenated, lateral margin. Tlie postero-lateral corners are produced into short, blunt spines. The posterior margin is irregularly toothed, with a marked excavation on either side a little way from the outer end and an obtuse median angle, which projects well beyond the line joining the postero-lateral corners. The surface of the carapace is very uneven and irregularly granulated and pitted. The gastric and cardiac regions rise each into a short, blunt spine, and a smaller spine or large tubercle lies between the cardiac spine and the posterior margin. The branchial regions are inflated, topped with oblique crests of granules, and separated from the median regions of the carapace by well-marked grooves, which sink into deep fossae on either side of the gastric and cardiac regions. The chelipeds are very heavy, slightly unequal, and aliout one and a half times the length of the carapace. The merus is irregularly toothed along its anterior and posterior borders. The hand bears on its outer (or upper) margin two thin, rounded, cristiform lobes, of which the larger is close to the proximal end. The upper surface carries an oblique and irregularly toothed crest, and is elsewhere unevenly granulated. The fingers are rather less than half the length of the palm, and the dactylus is toothed and granulated on its outer (or upper) margin near the base. The ambulatory legs are much compressed, with the upper and lower margins of the joints serrate. Length of carapace 15 mm. A second specimen, only 8 mm. long, probably belongs to the same species. The carapace is a little longer than broad, the rostrum is tridentate and even more strongly deflexed than in the specimen above described. The hepatic prominences, though very well-marked, are not so much compressed and dentiform. The surface of the carapace is smoother, and the crenatious of the lateral margins less numerous. The chelipeds are rather more slender, and there is only one cristiform lobe on the outer edge near the base. The species described above, Avhich I suppose to be ncAV, resembles in general form the L. tarpeius of Adams and White, but differs from it in the much more rugged surface of the carapace, in the compressed dentiform shape of the hepatic prominences, and in the armature of the chelipeds, which in the last-named species lack the flattened cristiform lobes on the outer margin of the hand. Many species, however, of this extensive genus are known to vary within wide limits, and it is possible that a larger series of specimens than has been accessible to me would unite the present form with one or other of the species already described. LocuUUj. " Chanuel between reefs, Mer." BEACHTUEA FEO:\I TOEEES STEAITS. 43 Hapalocakcintjs marstjpialis, Stimpson. (Plate 3. figs. 29-40.) Hapalocarcinus marsupiafis, Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. 185G-59, p. 412 ; Semper, 'The Natural Conditions of Existence as they affect Animal Life' (London, 1881: Internat. Sci. Series), pp. 216 >^t seq., fig. 64 c. Description of female. The carapace is soft and membranous, depressctl, broadly oval in outline and truncated in front and behind. The breadth is equal to or a little less than the length. The front is slightly dcflexed, obscurely tridentate, the median tooth being sharp and separated by a shallow concavity on either side from the rounded lateral corners. There are no true orbits, the space occupied by the eye being quite undefined above and externally, while below the eye rests directly on the everted anterior margin of the buccal frame. Tlie lateral margins of the carapace are rounded off dorso-ventrally and evenly arcuate from before backwards. The posterior margin is concave and is about three-fifths as long as the anterior margin. The surface of the carapace is perfectly even, without any perceptible furrows, and is smooth except for a few minute and widely- scattered setse. The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments, of which the first is partly concealed under the posterior margin of the carapace. The first three segments are visible from above, and are hardly more than half the width of the carapace. The remaining four segments are bent under the body, and form a, broad oval plate about equal in size to the carapace. The middle part of this plate, formed by the terga of the four segments, is of somewhat firm consistency and is surrounded by a Avide membranous border, which at the sides is folded inwards to form the lateral walls of the capacious egg-pouch. The surface of the abdomen, like that of the carapace, is beset with minute scattered sette. The ocular peduncles are relatively large, subconical, not lying in distinct orbits. The corneal surface is facetted, but, in our specimens, devoid of pigment. The antennules ai-e large and exserted, there being no fossettes for their reception. The basal joint is pro- duced externally into a large conical process directed obliquely forwards and terminating in a stout spine. The two succeeding joints are stout, cylindrical, and subequal in length, tlie distal one carrying the two rudimentary flagella, each consisting of a few joints and clothed with numerous long setae. The antennae consist of five joints, of which the first is broad and triangular and the succeeding joints narrow, cylindrical, and successively diminishing in diameter, the last being hardly thicker than the long seta which springs from its tip. The buccal aiea is very large, extending across the whole width of the carapace in front. Its anterior margm is sinuous, curving forwards on eithei- side below the eye, and taking the place usually occupied by the inferior margin of the orbit. The median part of the buccal margin approaches so closely to t\w base of the antennules that an epistome can hardly be said to exist. The third maxillipeds do not nearly cover the buccal cavity, and are widely separated from each other at the base by a semicircular area of the sternum. The ischium is flattened, subtriangular in shape, widening gradually from a narrow base, and having its antero-internal angle produced forwards, rounded, and fringed with setse. The merus is articulated at the outer end of the distal G* 44 DE. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF margin of the ischium, and is less than half the width of the latter, hardly wider than the succeeding joints, and hut little flattened. The exoj)od is rudimentary, heing a simple lobe about half the length of the ischium. The epipod is well-developed. The second maxillipeds have the basal part of the exopod much expanded. In the first maxillipeds, also, the same part is very stout and much stronger than is usual in this appendage, while the inner lobe or endopod is small and subtriangular. The chclipeds are rather stout, about twice the diameter of the succeeding legs, and smooth save for scattered setae similar to those on the carapace. The merus has a small spine near the distal end of the inner margin. The hand is not much thicker than the preceding joints. Tiie palm is less than twice as long as broad, nearly twice as long as the fingers. Thedactylus has a single tubercle on its inner edge. Tiie walking-legs are not at all concealed by the carapace. The first three pairs are about equal in length to the chelipeds and the last pair is a little shorter. The dactyli are strong and curved, and bear a low tooth on the inner edge near the tip. Tlie legs bear scattered set^e, which are larger and more numerous than are those on the body. The abdominal appendages are reduced to three pairs, corresponding to the second, third, and fourth abdominal somites. They are uniramous with the exception of the first, which carries on the outer side near the base a small unjointed aj)peudage which appears to represent the exopod. The female generative aj)erturesare ci-escentic in form, and are situated on the sternum, far apart from each other, close to the bases of the third legs. The dimensions of our two sjjecimens are as follows : — Length of carapace 3"6 mm. 2 7 mm Breadth „ 2-4 „ 2-7 „ Length of chehped 3-0 „ „ chela 1-3 „ finircrs •5 „ last lea: 3-G „ Stimpson's brief description applies very well, on the whole, to the specimens examined by me. The most serious discrepancy is that the exopod of the third maxillipeds is described as '' slender and palpigerous." It seems quite possible, however, that in examining the entire animal the rudimentary exopod of this appendage may have been overlooked, and the more conspicuous exopod of the second maxilliped may have appeared to belong to the third. The antennules are stated to be " very short and minute," but as they are said to be " jjlaced at the inner angle of the orbit," it seems not unlikely that these epithets should be transferred to the antennae, to which they are more applicable. Some other less important differences, such as the description of the front as " straight," may reasonably be attributed to imperfect observation. On the other hand, tlie description of the general shape, the large abdomen, the large buccal area occupying nearly the whole breadth of the carapace, the third maxillipeds with " the ischium large and dilated within, while the merus is very small and slender like the last three joints," and several other details can apply to no other crustacean, and leave no doubt that we are dealing with Stimpson's species. BEACHYUKA FROM TOREES STEAITS. 45 So far as I can discover, no furtlier description of this remarkable form has been published. Semper gives a figure of it, but it is on too small a scale to be of much use. It represents the carapace as proportionately broader than in our specimens. All the recorded specimens have been females. The peculiar habitat of this Crab was unknown to Dr. Stimpson, who states that his specimens were found " clinging to the branches of living madrepores at the depth of one fathom in the harbour of Hilo, Hawaii." Ehrenberg had long before noticed certain deformities on corals caused by the presence of Crustacea, and had compared them to the galls formed by plants. In his work on the Corals of the Red Sea he writes of the species Serlalopora subidatn, Lamk. : — " Paguri parvi (P. comlUophilos) domicilia in ramis efiiorescentibus sibi pcirant, et veras gallas fere eliciunt, quales plantse gerunt" (Beitr. z. Kennt. Korall. roth. Meeres, p. 123). I am not aware that Ehrenberg's " Payurus " has since been recognized, or that any other Pagurid has been found inhabiting coral-galls, so that it is possible that Ehrenberg's remarks may really refer to the present species *. Be this as it may, Verrili was the first to definitely associate these coral-" galls " with Stimpson's Rapalocannnus. In a paper on "llemarkable Instances of Crustacean Parasitism " (Amer. Journ. Sci. (2) xliv. 1867, p. 120) he writes : — " Another peculiar mode of parasitism I have observed in a singular ernstacean {Kapalocarcinus marsupialls, Stimpsou) from the Sandwicli Islands. This creature lodges itself among the slender branches (jf a coral [PociUopora cccspltosa, Dana), and causes, probably by its incessant motions, the branches to grow up and snrround it on both sides by fiat expansions of coral terminating in digitations which often interlock above, leaving ojienings between them suitable for the uses of tlie parasite but usually too small to allow of egress. ]Most specimens of the corals of this species sustain one or more and often numerous examples of these curious enlarged bulbs among the branches." In a subsequent paper " On the Parasitic Habits of Crustacea " (Amer. Nat. iii. 1869, p. 239), Prof. Verrili adds that he had " observed similar cavities on Pocillopjora elonguta from Ceylon, which are probably made by another species of the same genus." In his " Synopsis of the Polyps and Corals of the North Pacific Exploring Exi^edition " (Proc. Essex Inst. vi. (1S68) 1870, p. 91), the same writer records the occurrence of galls on most of the sjoecimens of Pocillopora ccespitosa, Dana, from the Hawaiian Islands, and he also writes of P. brecicoruis, Lamk. : — " One specimen has a bulb similar to those made by Hapalocarcinus marsiiphdis, l)ut belonging prol)ai)ly to another species of the same genus, since it differs con.siderably in form. The aperture is closed except a few small openings above." In the general account of his researches in the Philippine Islands (Zeit. wiss. Zool. xiii. 1863, p. 560), Semper has a note on a small " Porcellana " which he found living iu cavities in a " millepore." In his work on ' The Natural Conditions of Existence as * I leani from Mr. R. Kiikpatrick, who has been kind enough to find the above quotation forme, that Kluuzinger refers to Ehrenberg's observations, and gives a figure of the galls on the same sjjecies of coral (which he refers to -S'. siiiiiosa, M.-E. &. H.) without, however, giving any details as to the parasite (Korall. rjlh. iloer. ii. p. 72, pi. vii. fig. 15). 46 DE. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF they affect Animal Life ' (1881) this Crah is identified with the present species, and a fuller account is given of the " galls " formed by it. These were found on the corals Siderojiora digitata and S. palmata and on species of Seriatopora. He describes the formation of the gall by the growth of two broad flattened branches, and notes that the shape differs according to the species of the coral. " In the Seriatopora both the twigs are leaf-shaped and beset with more or less numerous offshoots terminating in sharp spines. In the more solid Focillopora the twigs also have spines, but they are more massive. Finally, in Sideropjora spines are wholly absent, and the two twigs between which the crab lives are altogether more massive." He describes the gradual closure of the gall by concrescence of the edges, " till at length only two fissures, more or less wide, are left, which plainly show, by their position opposite to each other, that it is through them that the current for respiration passes : one fissure serves for the influx, the other for the exit, of the water ; " and reasons are given for believing that these fissures are kept open owing to the current of water checking the growth of the coral so long as the crab remains alive. Semper states that a Hapalocarciniis, " it woiild seem identical in species," occurs at Reunion (p. 281), but I can find no other record of its occurrence there. He also mentions (pp. 217 & 453) certain observations by Graeffe, but no reference is given, and I have failed to trace the source from which he quotes *. Bassett-Smith f has described galls formed by a crab on Serlatoporu iinhricata, B.-S., fx'om the Tizard Banlc in the China Sea. The crab is not described, but it probably belonged to the present species. Hickson $ has described and figured galls on a Jlillepora containing a crab which he assumes to be Sapalocarclnns. The galls are unlike those described by the authors quoted above, being inflated bulbs with a single, wide, terminal aperture. The series of galls examined by me are formed on a sjiecies of Scriatopora §, and the mode of growth agrees well with the descrij)tions of Verrill and Semper. The earliest stage is represented by a specimen (fig. 38) in which the gall is beginning to be formed at the point of bifurcation of a branch. A broad palmate process, slightly concave internally, * As certain passages from Samper's work have recently been quoted, without correction, by Hickson, it may not be superfluous to point out that the English edition of this work (I have not been able to consult the German edition) abounds in typographical and other errata. Thus, on p. 216, the date of Stimpson's paper is given as 1837 (Stimpson was born in 1S32) instead of between 18.56 and 1859. On p. 217 it is stated that the present species was "discovered in the Pacific Ocean by Dana in the course of his great voyage under tho command of AVilkes."' As a matter of fact, the Bpecimeus were collected (no doubt by Stimpson himself) during the U.S. iS'orth Pacific Surveying Expedition under Capt. .John liodgers. The incidental references to the carrying of the i/ouitr/ in the brood-pouch (p. 217) and to the course of the respiratory current (p. 219) are our only authority for^believing that I/cqialocarcinus differs in these respects from the majority of the lirachyurn. In the explanation of tig. 65 (p. 218) Sideropora hystrix should probably read Seriatopora hystrhr. t Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ((i) vi. 1890, p. 364. X Bull. Liverpool Mus. i. nos. 3 & 4, pp. 81-82, plate. § Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, who has kindly e.\amined my specimens, informs me that their fragmentary nature renders an exact determination ditKcult, but that they seem to approach most closely to S. clegans, M.-E., though differing from it in certain rliaraeters. BRACK YUEA FKO:\r T0R11E8 STRAITS. 47 forms one side of tlic cavity in which tlio jmrasite was lodged, the other side being formed by an expansion of the opposed j^art of the main l)i-anch, at the sides of which lobate projections are beginning to dcAelop. A considerably more advanced gall is shown in fig. 39. Here the gall is terminal in position and is roughly lenticular in form, the two digitate lobes which compose it being perforated by fissures and only touching each other here and there at the edges. A still older gall (fig. lOj, occupying a lateral position on a branch, is closed except for two or three very small apertures at or near the margin. These apertures are not placed regularly opposite to each other as Semper states. On the outer surface of the gall the calicles are rather smaller than those on the normal branches and are not arranged like them in series, but appear to be otherwise well developed. On the inner surface of the gall the calicles, as Semper states, are small, shallow, and have the septa only feebly developed. They are also in some parts distorted and drawn out to an elliptical outline, but this distortion does not appear to l)e definitely related to the marginal apertures of the gall as described by Semper, who attributes it to the action of the current of water caused by the crab. Semper also found on the inner surface " very distinct scars, whicii are evidently produced by continual scratching in (me spot," and he concludes that the crab usually remains in one position within the gall. Such scars are not visible in our specimens. In the older galls the outer surface rises into rounded, irregularly placed swellings and short branches, as if the coral were about to resume the normal habit of growth disturbed by the intrusion of the 2)arasite. From Semper s earlier note we gather the not uninteresting detail that the polypes on the mner surface of the gall are colourless. As regards the further habits and life-history of Kapalocarcmus we have no informa- tion. The fact that each gall is inhabited by a solitary female, while the male is as yet unknown, would seem to iiidicate that both sexes are at first free-living, and that it is only after impregnation that the female becomes imprisoned in a gall. The fact that the youngest gall observed is of ample size to contain a full-grown Rapalocarciniis tends to confirm this suggestion. As regards the systematic position of Iliqxifocarcinm, we have to note in the tirst place its close affinity with the CryptocJiirus (^oralliodijtets of Heller (" Beitr. z. Crust. Famia d. roth. Meeres," SB. Akad. Wien, xliii. (1) 1861, p. 3(56, pi. ii. figs. 33-39). As Semper has shown ('Animal Life,' pp. 217, 221-223)*, Cri/jitoc/uriis, like HapalocarciiiKs, is parasitic on living corals. In this case, however, no closed " galls " are formed, the crab living in massive corals (ex. Ooniastuea,) at the bottom of a funnel-shaped depression, due to an arrest of the upward growth of the coral. The affinity between the two genera is most clearly shown by the third maxillipeds, Avhich in both cases are peculiar in having the merus-joint very narrow and the exopod rudimentary. The structure of the facial region is somewhat similar in both, the antennules not being retractile into fossettes, while the antemaae are very small and the orbits ill-defined. The abdomen of the female in both genera is much enlarged, but in Cryptochirm it lies » Simpers figure of Cn/idochinis differs considerably from those given !.y Tleller. He states, however, that the Philippine form " ajjpears to l)e in no respect specifically different '' from that found in the Red Sea (o/;. (it. ]>. 2.S1). 48 DE. W. T. CALMAN ON A COLLECTION OF wholly hehind the carapace, and is bent npon itself so as to form a deep pouch, open only in front, while in Eapalocarcinus it is flexed nndcr the body in the manner usual among the Brachyura. Among other differences the orbits of Cryptochirus are defined externally by a strong tooth, and the basal joint of the antennules presents a serrate edge anteriorly where that of Ilapalocarchms has only a stout dentiform lobe. In describing Hctpalocarcimis, Stimpson noted its resemblance to Pimwtheres in the large size of the abdomen and the softness of the integument, and he stated that its- systematic position was probably between Pinnotheres and Hymenosoma. Apart from the two points mentioned, there seems to be little in the chai-acters of the species as now described to suggest affinity with the Pinnotheridre, while the third maxillipeds are widely different in type from aiiytbing found in that group. Heller expressed no opinion as to the systematic place of his Cryptochirus. A. Milne-Edwards, however, has described under the name Llthoscaptus paradoxus (in Maillard's ' Notes sur I'lle de la Reunion,' 2™^' ed., 1863, ii. Annexe F, pp. 10-12), a form which, as Paulson has already pointed out, is in all probability identical with, or closely allied to, Heller's species. Tiiis genus was regarded by Milne-Edwards as representing a new family, " Lithoscaptes," among the " Bracliyures anormaux." He writes, " par sa region cephalothoracique le Lithoscapte se rapproche des Ptanines plus que tout autre groupe de Decapodes." Special resemblances to the Paninidie are said to exist in the structure of the antennal region and in tlie shape of the thoracic sternal region, which is broad in front but much contracted between the bases of the last two pairs of legs. It is not clear, either from Milne-Edwards's or from Heller's accounts (supposing the two genera to be identical), in what way the antennal region resembles that of the Raninidse, while the thoracic sternum is not contracted posteriorly, at all events in the female Hapalocar chins. Heller describes the sternum of CryptocJiirm as " ziemlich breit, langlich oval." The third maxillipeds are said by Milne-Edwards to resemble a little those of Reniipes, but this resemblance appears to consist merely in the absence of a conspicuoiis exopod. Milne-Edwards describes the abdominal appendages as uniramous and as existing on the first four somites. According to Heller there are only three pairs, and this agrees with our examination of Hapalocarcinus. Paulson refers Llthoscaptus ( = Cryptochirus) to the Pinnotheridae, establishing for its reception a new subfamily, which he designates Crypochirinai and defines as follows : — " Cephalothorax convex, almost twice as long as broad. Inner antenna? without fossettes and lying longitudinally. Basal portion of the outer antennae free. Third joint of the outer maxillipeds considerably shorter than the second. Openings of the female sexual organs on the sternum " (' Crust. Bed Sea,' Kiev, 1875, p. 72). While the characters of Hapalocarcinns, as now described, show clearly that it must stand alongside Cryptochirus, they give little help towards settling the place of the two genera in the system. The position of the female genital apertiu'es shows that they must be placed among the true Brachyura, although there are some curiou.s resemblances to individual genera of the Anomura. Thus the endopod of the third maxillipeds BRACHTUEA FROM TORRES STRAITS. 49 resembles somewhat that of Porcellana, while the rudimentary exopod suggests a com- parison -with the Tllpindea. The number and uniramous condition of the abdominal appendages also agree, except for the absence of the sixth pair, witli tlie last-named group. These resemblances, however, are balanced by numerous important differences, so that even were we to set aside the evidence of the genital openings, it would lie impossible to place the genera in any of the groups of Anomura. On tlie other hand, the characters of the third maxillipeds and of the abdominal appendages and the greatly enlarged buccal area are unlike anything found among the Brachyura. The resemblance to the Pinnotheridae ajDpears to be quite superlicial. The characters usually relied upon to distinguish the various divisions of the Brachyura have been in this case apparently so prof(Huidly modified by the pai'asitic habit of life, that we can only regard these two genera as forming a family for the present incerke sedis, for which the name Hapalocarcinidae will have to replace Mihie-Edwards's " Lithoscaptes," the latter being based on a synonym of Cryptochlriis. LocaUtij. " Torres Straits." Distvlhution. Hapalucarcinus is recorded by name from Hawaii {Stimpson, Verrlll), the Philippines, and (?) Bourbon {Semper). Coral-galls, possibly due to this species, arc known from the Red Sea [Ehrenberg, Klunzlngev), Ceylon {Ven-iU), and the China Sea {Bassett-Sndtlt). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate 1, Fig. 1. Filuiiinus cristipes, ii. sp., $ (enlarged). 2. ,, „ ,, Cephalic region iroin below. 3. „ ,, „ Right chela. 4. Cri/fjiucnemtis Huddon'i, u. sp., $ . Dorsal view, x G. 5. ,, „ ,, Ventral view. C. ,, „ ,, Lateral view. 7. ,, „ ,, 'I'hinl maxilli[)c(l, inner face. 8. ,, ,, ,, Chela. 9. Palicus Jiikesii (White), cj, x 5. 10. „ ,, ,, Cephalic region from helow. 11. ,, „ „ Abdomen. 12. ,, „ ,, Second walking-leg from l)elow. 13. ,, „ ,, First abdominal appendage. SECOMJ SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 50 ON BEACHTUEA FROM TORRES STRAITS. Plate 2. Fig. 14. Palicus Whitei (Miers), ? , x 3i. 15. ,, „ „ Cephalic region from below. 16. ,, „ „ Abdomen, $ . 17. „ „ „ Abdomen, S- 18. „ „ „ Second walking-leg from below. 19. „ „ „ Fir.st abdominal appendage, ^ . 20. Palicus serripes (Ale. & And.), $ , x 4. 21. „ „ „ Cephalic region from below. 22. „ „ ,, Second walking-leg from below. 23. Hydstenus verrucosipes (Ad. & Wh.). Dorsal view (setre omitted), x 5. 24. „ „ „ Cephalic region from below. 25. Pseudomicippa varians, Miers, x 4. 26. „ „ „ Cephalic region from below (setse omitted). Plate 3. Fig. 27. Laiiibrus confragosns, n. sp., x 2^. 28. „ „ Outline from side. 29. Hapalocarcinm marsupialis, Stimpson^ ? . Dorsal view, x 13. 30. „ „ „ Ventral view. 31. „ „ „ Ventral view of cephalic region. 32. „ ,, „ Antennre and antennules. 33. ,, ,, „ First maxilliped. 34. „ ,, „ Second maxilliped. 35. „ „ „ Third maxilliped. 36. „ „ „ Chela. 37. ,, „ „ Dactylus of last walking-leg. 38. Branch of Seriatopora sp., showing at * beginning of " gall" formed by Hapalocarcinus. 39. A more advanced " gall," still widely open at edges. 40. A " gall," closed all round except for a few small apertures marked *. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LOiNDOK MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire sots are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to PeUows ; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the Zoological parts of these which have been published are as undermentioned (for the Botanical parts see Botanical wrapper) : — Second Series. — Zoology. When Price to the Volume. Published. Public. £ s. d. I. Part I. 1875 1 4 . Part II. 1875 6 . Part III. 1876 1 8 . Part IV. 1877 16 . Part V. 1877 18 . Part VI. 1877 1 2 . Part VII. 1878 116 . Part VIII. 1870 1 . II. Part I. 1879 1 4 . Part II. 1881 0' 15 . Part III. 1882 1 8 . Part IV. 1882 7 6 . Part V. 1882 3 . Part VI. 1883 1 . Part VII. 1883 5 . Part VIII. 1883 3 . Part IX. 1883 3 . Part X. 1884 4 6 Part XI. 1884 10 . Part XII. 1885 6 Part XIII. 1884 6 . Part XIV. 1885 6 . Part XV. 18S5 4 6 . Part XVI. 1885 5 . Part XVII. 1886 3 . PartXVIlT. 1S88 02 6 . III. Part I. 1884 114 . Part II. 1884 112 . Part III. 1885 1 10 . Part IV. 1885 8 . Part V. 1887 8 . Part VI. 1888 6 . IV. Part I. 1886 1 4 . Part II. 1887 1 8 . Part III. 1888 16 . Price to Fellows. £ s. d. 18 4 6 1 1 12 13 6 16 6 1 7 15 18 11 6 1 1 5 6 2 3 15 3 9 2 3 2 3 3 6 7 6 4 6 4 6 4 6 3 6 3 9 2 3 2 1 5 6 1 4 1 2 6 6 6 4 6 18 1 1 12 Second Sehies. — Zoology {continued). When Price to the Volume. Published. Public. £ s. d. V. Part I. 1888 12 Part II. 1888 5 Part III. 1889 1 7 Part IV. 1890 12 .... Part V. 1890 6 Part VI. 1891 12 .. .. Part VII. 1891 6 Part VIII. 1892 8 Part IX. 1892. ... 12 . . . . Part X. 1893 1 8 Part XI. 1894 2 6 VI. Part I. 1894 2 .... Part II. J894 1 11 .... Part III. 1894 10 Part IV. 1896 1 4 . . . . Part V. 1S96 10 . . . . Part VI. 1896 8 Part VII. 1896. . ..012 , . . . Part VIII. 1897 2 6 VII. Part I. 1896 10 Part II. 1897 12 Part III. 1897 6 . . . Part IV. 1898 10 . . . . Part V. 1898 18 . . . . Part VI. 1898 13 Part VII. 1899 18 Part VIII. 1899. . . . 12 Part IX. 1899 1 . . . . Part X. 1900 6 Part XI. 1900 2 9 VIII. Part I. 1900 10 . . . . Price to Fellows. £ s. d. 9 3 9 1 9 4 6 9 4 6 6 9 1 1 2 1 10 1 3 3 i 6 18 7 6 6 9 2 7 6 9 4 6 7 6 13 6 9 9 13 6 9 15 4 6 2 7 6 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY.] [VOL. VIII. PART 2. THE rl^ PR A NS ACTIONS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. REPORT ON A COLLECTION MADE BY Messrs. F. V. McCONNELL AND .L -L aCELCH AT MOUNT RORAIMA IN BRITISH GUIANA. {('omniiniirntrd by I'rof. E. Ray Lankester, D.C.L., F.R.S., Director Nat. Hist. Mus.) \ , I- Ji L O N P O N : PRINTKl) FOR TIIK I.INNE.\N SOCIETY BY 1 AVl.OK AMI> FKANl-IS. RKI) I. ION COURT. FI.F.KT STKEKT. SOLD A'l' THE -society's APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOVSE. J'TCCADILLY, W., AND nv LONGMANS. GREEN, AND CO., PATERNO.STER-ROW. September 1900. [ 51 ] J I. Report on a Collection made by Messrs. F. V. McConnell and J. J. Quelch at Mount Roraima in British Guiana. {Communicated by Professor E. Ray Lankester, D.C.L., F.M.S., Director of the Natural History Museum.) (Plates 4-6.) Read 1st February, 1900. r OR some years j)ast the British Museum has received many interesting collections made by Mr. P. V. McConnell and Mr. J. J. Quelch during their various expeditions into tlie interior of British Guiana. On the last occasion the explorers succeeded in reaching the snmmit of Mount Roraima, and I have much pleasure in forwarding the accomjjanying descrijjtions of the new species obtained during the expedition, all of vi'hich have been worked out by members of the staff of the Zoological Department of the British Museum, excepting the Crustacea, which have been dealt with by Dr. de Man. Mr. McConnell has kindly sent me the following note : — " The specimens were obtained by Mi\ J. J. Quelch and myself on our second exjiedition to Roraima in August, September, and October, 1S98. The route taken on tliis occa.sion Avas by the Mazaruni and Curubung rivers to the Palls of Macrobah, a boat-journey of twenty days, and thence by land to a point on the U})pei' Mazaruni where that river flows at a height of 1300 feet. Small bark-canoes were here obtained, and after three days' journey ujj the Cako and Aruparu we arrived at the commencement of the ti'ail to Roraima. With the exception of the last twenty miles, the whole journey, which occupied forty days, lay through thick forest. " Mount Roraima (8700 feet) is formed by a sloping base, surmounted by a rectangular mass, fifty-four square miles in area, with perpendicular walls 2000 feet in height. On the south-west, part of the wall has slipped, and lies diagonally across the face of the upper part of the mountain. By following the ledge so formed the summit can be reached without serious difiiculty." — E. Ray Lankester. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VUI. 52 REPORT ON A COLLECTION FROM MAMMALIA. By W. E. DE WiNTON, E.Z.S. Order RODE NT I A. Ehipidomys Macconnelli, sp. n. The general colour of the entire upper surface rich golden brown ; the fur is very soft, from 11 to 12 millimetres in length, dull black for the greater part of its length with bright red golden tips ; the slightly longer straight hairs have black tips ; the lower surface is dirty white or drab, the fur being dull black with whitish tips, with no line of demarcation between the colours of the upper and lower surfaces. The ears are large, round, and naked, almost black in colour. The hands and feet dirty white, rather darker on the upper surfaces, almost naked. Whiskers long, reaching beyond the shoulders. The tail is brown, only very slightly paler beneath, practically naked, the very minute hairs in no way hiding the scales ; at the extreme tip there is a long pencil of hairs about 10 millimetres long, but no l)ushy hairs on the sides. Upper incisors dull orange, rather darker than those of the lower jaw. Measurements taken from the specimen in alcohol: — Head and body 95 millim., tail 1J.7, hind foot 2i<5, ear 17. Skull — greatest length 26'5 ; greatest breadth ll-'S, across brain-case 12-7 ; narrowest interorbital constriction 16 ; length of nasals 9"1 ; basal length 22'6 ; back of incisors to ])ack of palate 11"5 ; incisive foramina 5"9x2'5 ; diastema 7; length of molar series 5; width outside first molar 5-5, outside last molar 59; mandible, tip of incisors to coronoid process 12, to condylar process 17'8, to angle 173. The type and only specimen was found on the summit of Rorairaa, Demerara, and has been presented to the Museum by Messrs. McConnell and Quelch. The skull is fragile and transparent, with large, smooth brain-case ; the zygomata are very thin and weak, expanding very little beyond the sides of the head in the squamosal region only. The molars are set in almost parallel rows ; the auditory bullae are very small ; the foramen magnum is very large, the surrounding Ijones very thin, especially the basioccipital condyles. This new JR,kipiclomy.s is of much the same size as li. vdci'otis, Thos., from Colombia, but the colour is distinct, being much darker above, while the underparts are greyish with dark bases to all the fur instead of being pure white ; then the ears of the new species are large, while those of the Colombian species are very small. Tlie tip of the tail may or may not be distinct, for the end of the tail of the type of 11. microtis appears to me to be wanting. The broken state of the skull of R. microtis exckides the possil)ility of a fair com- parison being made, but in the dentition the two species seem very similar. MOUNT KOEAIMA IN BKITISH GUIANA. 53 BIRDS. By R. BowDLEK Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S. (Plate 4.) From the summit of lloraima Mr. McConnell brought several specimens of a Zonotrichia quite distinct from the ordinary Z. pileata which is found over the greater part of Central and South America. It is a larger and darker bird, much greyer, and with the rump and flanks dark grey instead of brown. I propose to call it after Mr. McConnell, who has done so much for the collections of the British Museum. Zonotrichia Macconnelli, sp. n. Similis Z. fileatce, sed major, obscurior, uropygio et hypochondriis saturate griseis, nee brunneis distinguenda. Long. tot. frS poll., culm. 0-6, alae t2-8, caudse 2-35, tarsi 0-9. Hah. Summit of Mount Roraima. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4. Fig. 1. Zonotrichia Macconnelli. 2. „ pileata. REPTILES. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.ll.S. (Plate 5. figs. 1-2.) 1. AisOLis fusco-auratus, D'Orb. This and most of the following Reptiles and Batrachians were obtained at the base of the mountain, at an altitude of about 3500 feet. Prmiodactylus leucostictu,^ and Oreophrynellu Q/(elchiia,ve fi-om the summit (8600 feet). 2. Centropyx calcaratus, Spix. 3. Centropy.x striatus, Daud. 4. Neusticurus rudis, sp. n. (Plate 5. figs. 1-1 c.) Snout rather short, pointed ; canthus rostralis strong ; ear-opening as large a« the eye- opening ; transparent disk of lower eyelid composed of five pieces. Rostral rather large, the portion visible from above nearly half as long as tlie frontonasal, which is longer than broad ; a pair of praef rentals ; a single frontal ; a pair of frontoparietcils, followed by five shields in a row ; occipital region covered with small irregular shields ; three S* 54 EEPOKT ON A COLLECTION FROM !. ; large supraoculars, preceded by a small fourth and two or three granules ; nostril piei'ced in a single nasal, which, like the loreals and suboculars, is in contact with the upper labials ; latter, seven in number, fourth largest ; four lower labials ; chin-shields, one anterior and two pairs. Gular scales smooth, smallest on a zone connecting the ears ; collar bordered by six plates. Nape and back covered with small keeled scales inter- mixed with large, oval, sharply keeled tubercles, disposed very irregularly, but avoiding the vertebral line ; smaller tubercles on the sides. Ventral plates rounded posteriorly, imbricate, in 8 or 10 longitudinal and 28 transverse series ; the plates of the four median rows subequal, about as long as broad. Three slightly enlarged praeanal plates, forming a triangle. 18-20 femoral pores. Tail feebly compressed, Avith the pair of dorsal keels, formed by enlarged tubercles, feel)ly developed. Uniform blackish brown above, whitish beneath. Totallength 183 millim. From end of snout to vent ... 59 millini. Head 14 „ Fore limb 19 „ Widthofhead 8-5 „ Hind limb 27 „ From end of snout to fore limb... 2.3 „ Tail 124 ,, A single specimen ( 6 ) from the foot of Mt. Roraima, 3500 feet. 5. PmoNODACTYLUS LEUCosTiCTUS, sp. n. (Plate 5. figs. 2-2 c.) Snout short, obtusely pointed; eai'-opening a little smaller than the eye-opening. Frontonasal single, a little broader than long ; prsefrontals well developed, forming a median suture ; interparietal large, hexagonal, larger than the parietals ; two pairs of occipitals ; four supraoculars ; nostril pierced in a single nasal ; no loreal ; six upper and five lower labials ; chin-shields very large, one anterior and four pairs, the first two forming a suture, the two others separated on the median line by granules ; two longitudinal rows of large transverse gular shields ; five collar-shields. Dorsal scales hexagonal, strongly keeled ; lateral scales small, roundish, smooth ; 26 scales, including the ventrals, round the middle of the body; 29 scales from occiput to base of tail. Ventrals large, in 8 longitudinal and 19 transverse series. Four large praeanal shields, forming a cross. 6 femoral pores on each side ( S ). Tail above with hexagonal keeled scales, beneath with tetragonal smooth scales. Black above and beneath; each scale or shield with one to three white dots, these dots larger on the ventral shields ; chin white. Totallength 127 millim. From end of snout to veut ... 50 millim. Head 10 „ Fore limb 13 „ Widthofhead 6 „ Hind limb 19 „ From end of snout to fore limb... 19 „ Tail 77 „ A single specimen ( $ ) from the summit of Mt. Roraima, 8600 feet, o. Lachesis lanckolatus, Lacep. MOUNT KOKAIMA IN BRITISH (il'IANA. 55 BATRACHIANS. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. (Plate 5. fi-s. 3-6.) 1. Oreophhynella Quelchii, Blgr. (Plate 5. fig. 3.) This tiny toad was described by me as the tyi)e ol' a new genus in 189") (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] xvi. pp. 125 & 522) from specimens collected on the; suiimiit of Mt. Roraima by Messrs. Quelch and McCoimell. Numerous specimens liave since been obtained at the same altitude (8500-8000 feet). I have now the pleasiu-e of describing a second species of the same genus, from the base of the mountain. 2. Oreophrynella Macconnelli, sp. n. (Plate 5. fig. 4.) Closely allied to 0. Qaelchii, but distinguished by the more prominent snout, projecting much beyond the mouth, and by the greater distal expansion of the digits, which end in distinct truncated disks. Interoi-lntal space broader than the upper eyelid. First toe mucli longer than second, as long as fourth ; no distinct subarticular or metatarsal tubercles ; the first and second toes appear to be opposable to the I'ourth and fifth, both fascicles being bound by the thick integument, and the third toe, which is the shortest, being free between them. The tarso- metatarsal articulation reaches the; eye. Upper parts covered with small, smooth, feebly pronainent warts ; lower parts with flat granules. Olive-brown above, with lighter marblings, and a series of small yellowisli spots, forming a line on each side of the back from the eye to the groin, continued obliquely across the upper surface of the femur ; upper lip yellowish, with two dark brown bars below the eye ; lower parts whitish. From snout to vent 22 millim. A single specimen from the base of ^It. iloraima, 3500 feet. Otophryne, g. n. Eii(jy,sto7uutidarum. Pupil round. Tongue large, oval, truncate and free behind ; no teeth on the palate ; two denticulated dermal ridges in front of the pharynx. Tympanum very distinct. Fingers free, toes webbed at the base, the tips merely swollen. Outer metatarsals united by the integument. Precoracoid jjresent, weak ; sternum cartilaginous. Sacral diapopliyses rather strongly dilated *. 3. Otophryne robusta, sp. n. (Plate 5. figs. 5, 5 a.) Habit stout; head rather small. Snout short, pointed, obliquely tnmcated at the end and projecting beyond the mouth, which is inferior, well within the lines of tiie canthi rostrales ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout ; eye rather small, little prominent ; interorbital space nearly twice as broad as the upper eyeUd ; tympanum very large, close to the eye and once and a half its diameter. Fingers short, • Osteological characters ascertained by means of a sciagraph kindly prepared by Messrs. Gardiner and Green. 5(5 KEPOHT ON A COLLECTION FROM swollen at tbc end, first nearly as long as but not reaching so far as second. Toes very short, depressed, swollen at the end, webbed at the base, the web continued as a fringe alono- the sides ; no distinct subarticular or metatarsal tubercles. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the tympanum ; tibia as long as the foot, two-fifths length of head and body. Skin thick, perfectly smooth, shiny on the upper parts ; a strong fold from the eye to the insertion of the thigh. Blackish brown above ; groin and binder side of thighs orange, spotted with black ; throat and breast dark brown ; belly and lower surface of limits whitish with some brown dots. Prom snout to vent 53 millim. A single specimen from the foot of Mt. E-oraima, 3600 feet. 4. Hylodes marmoratus, sp. n. (Plate 5. fig. 6.) Tongue circular, entire ; vomerine teeth in two very small oblique groups behind the level of the choana;. Head a little longer than broad ; snout rounded, not prominent, as long as the diameter of the orbit, with obtuse canthus rostralis and concave loreal region ; nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, one-fourth the diameter of the eye. Digits moderately elongate, with well-developed disks, which are as large as the tympanum, and strong subarticular tubercles ; first finger sliorter than second ; toes quite free ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. Tlie tibio-tarsal articulation reaches l^etween the eye and the nostril ; tibia half the length of head and body. Skin smooth above, with feeble oblique glandular ridges on the occiput ; belly granular. Grey-brown above, with brown, dark-edged marblings on the head and body and cross-bars on the limbs; dark bars radiating from the eye; grey-brown beneath. Prom snout to vent 19 millim. A single specimen from the foot of Mt. Roraima, 3500 feet. 5. Hyla albomauginata, Spix. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5. 'ig. 1. Neusiicurzis rudis. Upper view. la. }> » Lower view. 1 b. » » Upper view of head, X 2. 1 c. » » Lower view of licad and neck, X 2. 2. Prwiwddctylms leucostictus. Upper view. 2 a. » » Lower view. 2 b. » >} Upper view of head, x 2. 2 c. )j » Lower view of head and iieek, x2. 3. Oreophrynelln Quelchii. Upper and lower views. 4. ,, Macconm ■m. Upper and lower views. 5. Otophryne rubusta. Upper view. 5«. » " Open mouth. 6. Hyhdi'S marmoratus. Upper view. MOUNT ROKAULA [.\ BRITISH GL'[A\A. 57 CRUSTACEA. By Dr. J. G. de Max. (Plate 6.) PaLtEMON (MaCROBUACHIUM) QtiELCUI, .sj). II. Thirty-seven specimens, only five or six of uiiich are full-grown, were collected in the Upper Mazaruni river at an altitude of 2500 feet, and one young specimen was captured at an altitude of 3500 feet on the Mt. Pvorainia range. Amongst the lormer is ])ut one ova-bearing female, the rest are both males and young females, the full-grown specimens being all males. This pretty species, that I have the pleasure to name after Mr. .). J. Quelch, is apparently closely allied to Fal. potluna, P. Miiller, from the Itajahy river. State of Santa Catliarina, and to Fal. Iheringi, Ortm., from tlie State of Sao Paulo, both in the south of Brazil ; but it is no doubt different, the second legs presenting characters intermediate between those of the two quoted species. Palcemon Qmlchi is evidently their representative in British Guiana. One full-grown specimen only is still provided with both legs of the second ])air, in tlie others one of tliem is lost. The ova-bearing female has also lost these legs, and in the numerous young individuals one leg of this pair or even both are often wanting. Falasmon Quelchl belongs to the species of sum// size, the adult individuals mcasurino- only 55 millim. from tip of rostrum to the extremity of the telson. Examined under a rather strong lens the cephalothorax presents a tine and rare puuctation, on wliich one observes a short pubescence, for the rest it appears smooth. The rostrum (PI. 6. figs, l-i), vertically moderately deep, is rather short, reaching only the end of the antennulary peduncles or even only the middle of their terminal joint, so that it does not extend to the end of the antennal scales. The iipper margin, usually very slightly convex above the eyes, gradually descends downwards and carries sereii, eiyht, or nine low, rather equidistant teeth, the first two of which commonly stand ou the cephalothorax, l)ut often only one tooth stands on it, the second being placed above the orbital maru:in. The lower margin is usually armed with two teeth, often, liowever, witli one only. The formulae for 34 specimens are the following : — o specimens ., ; 4 specimens j ; 9 specimens r, ; * . - ' . r [ . 1 specimen !^. The hepatic spine is small and placed below and posterior to the somewhat larger antennal one. The apex of the telson, as usual shorter than the lateral appendages and the flattened upper surface of which bears the two ordinary pairs of small spinules, is triangular with a quite short median spine ; the inner spinules are somewhat longer than the median point and considerably longer than the outer ones. The free end of the antennal scales is obtusely angulated internallv and reaches a little 68 EEPORT ON A COLLECTION FROM further forward than the short spine at the extremity of the external margin. The shortest of the three antennular flagella is distinctly serrate and exceeds the free end of the antennal scales hy its whole length. The external maxillipedes project with their terminal joint beyond the peduncles of the outer antennoe. The iirst pair of legs exceed, in the full-grown male, the antennal scales hy two fifth parts of their carpus ; the latter is once and two-thirds as long as the hand, the fingers very slightly longer than the palm. The second legs are considerably stouter and longer than the first and somewhat unequal. In the largest male, which is 54 niillira. long, both legs (PL 6. figs. 5 & 6) are slightly longer than the body and both exceed the antennal scales by the whole length of the carpus. The cylindrical merus widens slightly towards its distal end. The carpus of both legs appears at first sight just as long as the merus, but measured exactly it appears always very slightly longer than it. The carpus, quite narrow at base and here much narrower than the distal end of the preceding joint, regularly widens towards its distal extremity, so that it has a conical shape and its diameter at the distal end is a little broader than that of the merus. The carpus appears, therefore, tioo and a half to three times as loncj as thick at its distal extremity. The chela is two and a half times as long as the oarpiis, and in both legs the pahn measures almost two-thirds the length of the whole hand. The palm of the larger chela is distinctly broader than the widened distal end of the carpus, being a little more than once and a half as broad ; the palm is about three times as long as broad, and its width measures almost one-fourth the length of the whole hand. The palmar portion of the hand appears .^lightly broader than thick, the proportion being as 6 : 5 ; it is everywhere rounded both on tlie upper and lower surface and on the sides. When the cliela is looked at from above, the outer margin of the palm appears straight, but the inner slightly convex, and the inner border of the chela is a little concave at the base of the fingers. The j^ointed fingers leave, when closed, a narrow interspace between them, in the middle about as broad as the fingers thenaselves ; the latter are almost cylindrical. The immobile finger is nearly straight and tapers but very slightly towards the tij) ; the dactylus, however, is somewhat curved and tapers more regularly. Each finger is armed with a strong conical tooth ; that of the index is 2)iaced just in the middle of tlie finger, that of tlie dactylus a little beyond it; three much smaller obtuse teeth are observed between each conical tooth and the articulation, and the third of these small teeth is double. On each finger a sharp cutting-edge runs between the conical tooth and the tip. The smaller chela (fig. 6) bears a close resemblance to the other, but the diS'erence between its width and its height or thickness is still smaller, so that the palm appears almost cylindrical and but slightly broader than the carpus. The fingers are regularly tapering, the dactylus is less curved, and the interspace l>etween both is small, only half as broad in the middle as the fingers. The toothing is about the same, but the dactylus bears six small obtuse teeth between the large conical tooth and the articulation. In the younger individuals the fingers are comparatively longer, so in a young male, long. 36 mm., the palm is 4^ mm , the fingers 4 mm. long ; the former. If mm. broad, is three times l)roader than long and 1 mm. thick. MOUNT EOEAIMA IN BRITISH GUIANA. 59 Mg. 7 represents the second leg of a female, long. 42 mm., dcA^oid of eggs. The merus measures 5 m.m., the carpus 5J, the hand lly mm., of which the palm occupies 6 mm. The palm is If mm. broad, the carpus at its distal extremity 1| mm. The toothing of the fingers, figu.red fig. 7 a, appears in this young individual still very feeble, the dactylus showing only three teeth, the index also, but those are less prominent, more rounded. The second legs of these young individuals bear a close resemblance to Pal. potiuHu, h\ Miill. {vide Ortmann, ' Os Camaroes da agua doce da America do Sul,' S. Paulo, 18i)7, est. i. tig. D), but there can be no doubt that this species is a different one, for this rescm1:)lance is only exhibited hij quite ijouiig individiiah. The second legs are on all their joints roughened by small thorny points, that arc crowded and numerous on their outer margin, less numerous on the rest of their surface, and those of the lower surface and of the inner margin are distinctly somewhat longer ; these legs are glabrous, devoid of hair, except a rare short pubescence, only perceptible under a lens. The ambulatory legs of the third pair project with a third of their pro^iodites beyond the antennal scales, their carpopodites reaching as far forward as the peduncles of the outer antenuu3 ; the legs of the fifth pair finally extend as far forward as the external maxillipeds, but do not reach the free end of the antennal scales. The ambulatory legs are rather slender. So are the meropodites of the third pair of tlic largest male 8 mm. long, 1'25 mm. thick, the propodites l'\) mm. long and O'Si mm. thick, so that tlie foi'mer are little more than six, the latter nine to ten times as long as broad ; for the meropodites of the fifth legs (PL 6. fig. 8) these numbers are 7'5 mm. and 1 mm., for the propodites 79 mm. and 0'7 mm., so that the meropodites are seven to eight, the propodites eleven times as long as broad. The dactylopodites are short, measuring about one-foui'th the length of the j)ropodites. The posterior margin of the propodites bears two rows of spinules, so that in the third legs there are nine or ten spinules in the outer and six or seven in the inner row. The ambulatory legs are a little hairy, but for the rest quite smooth : the hairs are very short and fine, and arranged partly two and two in longitudinal rows ; so that one row runs along the posterior margin of tlie meroj)oditcs. The eggs are few hi number hut larye, having a diameter of 2^ mm. Concerning the single female carrying these eggs, which is 38 mm. long from tip of rostrum to the extremity of the telson, the following may be remarked : — The rostrum (tig. 2) reaches to the middle of the terminal joint of the anteunulary peduncles ; the upper margin that descends obliquely downward bears seven teeth, the second of which is placed above the orbital margin ; the lower border is armed with two teeth, the interspaces are as usual ciliated. Tlie external maxillipeds exceed the antennal jieduncle only by half their leruinial joint. The tirst legs project only with the hands beyond the free end of the antennal scales ; the hands measure just two-thirds the length of the carpus. The legs of the third pair reach to the end of the antennal scales, those of the fifth to the end of the antennal peditncles. The meropodites of the third pair are ij mm. long and f mm. broad ; the propodites are 1< mm. long and ^ mm. broad. Falcctaoii, potiumi, P. Miiller, dilFers at tirst sight by the chelae of the second legs SECOND SKUIKS. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 9 60 REPOET ON A COLLECTION FROM having the fingers as long or even, according to Ortmann's figure, slightly longer than the palm. PalcBnion Uierlngi, Ortm. {I. c. p. 211, est. i. figs. 7 e, 8) is apparently also different. The carpus of the second legs, indeed, does not gradually and regularly widen towards its distal end, but suddenly, so that the form is different. Measurements in millimetres. No. 1. Length from tip of rostrum to extremity of abdomen „ of second legs „ of merus „ of carpus Width of the carpus at the distal end Length of chela „ of palm Breadth „ Height „ 54 Left. 58 10| 10| 4 25 15| Right. 61 101 11 4 28i 18 64 No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. 52 48 47 Left horter. 46 36 43 Si 6 n 9 H 7| H H 3 m l^ 20| 11 H 13 3i 2| H 3 n n No. 0. ' No. 6. 45 32 H 6 oi 12| 7 ^ 39 7 n 2| 18 10 ■n No. 6 is a detached leg. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6. Figs. 1-4. Palmmon Quelchi, sp. u. Anterior portion of carapace in four examples, X 3 : Fig. 1 of the largest male, long. 54 mm. ; Fig. 2 of the ova-beariug female, long. 38 mm. ; Fig. 3 of another male, long. 52 mm. ; Fig. 4 of a young male, long. 35 mm. Fig. 5, right, and Fig. 6, left leg of the second pair of the largest male, long. 54 mm., x 2. Fig. 7, One of the legs of the second pair of a female without eggs, long. 42 mm., X 2 ; 7 a, toothing of botli fingers of this specimen, x 25. Fig. 8. Fifth leg of the largest male, long. 54 mm., X 5. List of the known Species of the Genus Palsemon, Fabr. s. s., May 1900. [The species printed in italics inhabit America and the West Coast of Africa. The locality- indicated as the habitat is in every case taken from the first published description of the species. Of those marked with an asterisk the descriptions were not accessible to me when preparing this list.] 1. acanthosoma, sp. n. (?) Nob. Katau, New Guinea. 2. acaiithurus, Wgm. Coast of Brazil. 3. acutirostris, Dana. Sandwich Islands. 4. africanus, Bate. Tambo river. — According to von Martens, 1869, = Gaudichaudii, M.-E. The Tambo river, mentioned by Spence Bate as the habitat of his species, would, according to von ^lartens, be situated in Peru! Confer also: Miers, ' On a Collection of Crustacea from South America,' 1877. 5. africanus, Kingsl. West Coast of Africa. — Thalhvitz, 1891, supposes this species to be identical with Pal, macrob)-ucMo7i, Herkl. MOU>'T R01{AIMA IN BKITISH GUIANA. 01 6. Alphonsianus, IlfFm. Reuuion. — This species is identical with Pal. lUspar, Marts. Confer : de Man, ' Crustacea collected by Max Weber/ 1892, p. 437. 7. altifrons, Hend. Delhi; River Jumna; Lahore. 8. amasonicus, Hell. Amazon river. 9. americanus, Bate. Lake of Amatitlan, Guatemala. — According to von Martens, 1869, = brachy- dactylus, Wgm., and according to Miers, 1888, =jamair.ensis, Hbst. 10. Apjmni, Marts. Porto Cabello, Venezuela. „ var. (Equutorialis , Ortm. Ecuador. 11. asper, Stps. In fresh water and in the river near Canton, China. — This species is identical with nipponensis, de Haan. 12. asperulus, ^larts. Shanghai. 13. Audouini, Hell. Red Sea. 14. Audouini, Bate. Off New Zealand. 15. australis, Ortm. = sp., de M., 1887 ? Queensland. — Ortmann, ' Decapoden-Krebse des Strass- burger Museums,' p. 708. 16. aztecus, Sauss. Gulf of Mexico. 17. bariensis, de M. Fresh water, Flores. 18. boninensis, Stps. Bonin Islands, in hill-streams. 19. Borcllii, Nob. San Lorenzo (Jujuy) j San Luis. 20. bruchydactylus, Wgm. East coast of .Mexico. 21. brasUiensis , Hell. Camaroes, Brazil, fresh water. — According to Ortmann a locality of this name docs not exist in Brazil. Camaroes would be the Spanish name of these prawns ! {' Decapodcn- Krebsc des Strassburger ]\Iusenms,' p. 711.) 22. brevicarpus, de Haan. Japan. — Confer: de Man, in Mas Weber's ' Crustacea," 1892, p. 418. 23. brevimanus, Fabr. India. 24. c(Pmentarius, Poepp. Mouth of the River Aconcagua. — This species is identical with Bithyn'is loiKj'imana, Phil. Confer : ' Zoologischer Anzeiger,' 1894, p. 266 ; von Martens, ' Ueber einige ostasiatische Siisswasserthierc,' 1868, p. 65 ; and Miers, /. c. 1877, p. 662. According to Miers it is a variety of Pal. Gaudichaudii, M.-E. 25. callirrhoe, de M. Mandai river, Ketoengau river (Borneo). 26. carcinus, Fabr. India f. 27. consubrinus, Sauss. Gulf of Mexico, off Vera Cruz. 28. coromandelianus, Fabr. India. 29. Dana;, Hell. Sydney. 30. Dayanus, Hend. Orissa, Calcutta, Lahore. 31. dasydudylus, Streets. Tide-water of the Coatzacoalcos river, Isthmus of Tehuantepec— According to Ortmann (/. c.) = mexicanus, Sauss. 32. Desamuri, Hell. New Gi-anada. 33. dispar. Marts. Isle of Adenare. 34. dolichodactylus, Hilgd. Mozambique. 35. dulcis, n. sp. ?, Thallw. North Celebes. 36. elegans, de M. Siuagar, Buitenzorg, Java. 37. endehensis, de M. • Flores. 38. ensiculus, S. Sm. Para. 39. equidcns, Dana. In the sea near Singapore. 40. escukntus, Thallw. • North Celebes. + Fabricin^ indicates the rivers of America as the habitat of this species— of course, wrongly. 9* 62 EEPOET ON A COLLECTION FROM 4L eurvriiyiiclms, Ortm., = latimaims. Marts. Fiji Islands. — Confer: de Man, iu Max Weber's 'Crustacea/ 1892, p. 482. 42. faustinus, Sauss. Antilles. 43. fluvialis, Streets. Coatzacoalcos river, among the Cordilleras. 44. forceps, M.-E. Rio de Jaueiro. — Aecording to von Martens, 1869, = acanthurus, Wgm. 45. formosensis. Bate. Eiver Tamsuy, Formosa. 46. gangeticum. Bate. Patna, India. 47. Gaudic/iaudii, M.-E. Chili.— Confer : von Martens, 'Ueber eiuige ostasiatische Siisswasserthiere/ 1868, p. 65. 48. ffracilinianus, Rand. Sandwich Islands. *49. gracilirostris, Miers. Upolu, Samoa Islands. 50. grandimanus, Rand. Sandwich Islands. — Confer : von Martens, /. c. 1868, p. 45. 51. heterochirus, Wgm. East coast of Mexico. 52. Hildebrandti, Hilgd. Madagascar. 53. Hilgendorfi, Cont. East coast of Madagascar, region of large forests. *54. hirtimanus, Oliv. *55. hispidus, Oliv.— According to Heller, ' Synopsis der im rothen Meere vorkommenden Crustaceeu,' 1861, this species occurs in the Red Sea. 56. Horstii, de M. Celebes, fresli water. 57. Idae, Hell. Borneo. „ var. idella, Hilgd. Pond near Matomondo, Unguu ; Usaramo (German East Africa). „ var. mammillodactylus, uov. var. ?, Thallw. North Celebes, Luzon. „ var. subinermis. Nob. St. Joseph river, Innawi (British New Guinea). 38. Iheringi, Ortm. State of Sao Paulo, Brazil (fresh water). 59. jamaicensis, Hbst. Rivers of Jamaica. 60. japonicus, de Haan. Japan. . lO.'i Loc. British Guiana [W. L. Sclater). [Kraepclin (MT. Mus. Hamb. xi. p. 178, 1894, and Das Tierr., Scorp. etc. p. 173, 1899) states that B. Sclateri is identical with B. Schaumii of Karsch, and possibly with quinquedentatus of this latter author, both of which were recorded, though no doubt erroneously, from India. But the presence of only five pectinal teeth in tlie hatter forbids, to my mind, such an opinion. B. Schaumii, judging from Kraepelin's description, is closely allied to B. Sclateri, but the fact that the third caudal segment is higher than wide la Schaumii, and wider than high in the two known examples of Sclateri, makes the synonymy doubtful.] 4. Broteochactas parvulus, Pocoek, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (G) xix. p. 3G4 (1897); Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorp. etc. p. 174 (1899). Loc. Amazons, Sautarem [F. O. P. Cambridge). The following -well-marked new species were discovered by Messrs. McConnell and Quelch : — Bkoteochactas grakosus, sp. n. Colour. Carapace, terga, and tail almost black ; legs, palpi, and vesicle of tail deep reddisli brown, the legs with paler line and spots ; fingers black. Carapace and ferga entirely covered with line close-set granulation ; ocular tubercle coarsely punctured ; carapace a little longer than the first and second caudal segments, a little shorter than the fifth. Coxce and sterna finely punctured, the last sternite weakly and closely granuhu" laterally. Tail more than four times the length of the carapace, narrowed jjosteriorly, the segments nearly parallel-sided : the first wider than long ; second slightly longer than wide ; fourth not twice as long as wdde ; fifth a little more than twice as long as -wide ; intercarinal spaces finely granular ; inferior and infero-lateral keels obsolete on segments 1 and 2, scarcely traceable on segment 3, represented on segment -l by iri-egularly arranged larger granules ; stxperior and supero-lateral keels weak, weakly granular ; inferior surface of fifth coarsely granular between the keels; vesicle granular, narrower than third segment, -wider than high. Chelce finely granular; upperside of humerus and Ijrachium with coarser granules between the keels ; upperside of hand covered -with a reticulation of fine granules; inner surface similarly granular ; back of hand coriaceous ; fingers granular at base. Width of liand equal to length of external keel of hand-back, less than length of movable digit ; digits longish, movable as long as the carapace, immovable about twice as long as its basal width. Femora and tibiae of ^^^* granular, the granules intermixed with punctures on the tibia, following segments closely punctured ; tarsi short, not twice as long as high, convex above, incrassate distally, armed with long sette arranged more or l(!ss regularly in two rows. Measurements in millimetres. — Total length 46 ; length of carapace 6"5, of tail 29'.j ; width of 1st segment 3-5, of 5th 2'8 ; width of hand ou ; length of hand-back .5, of movable finger 8-5. Loc. Base of Mt. Roraima (3500 feet alt.). 10* 70 EEPOKT ON A COLLECTION FROM . BrOTBOCHACTAS POROSUS, sp. 11. Colour. Trunk and tail blackish brown ; fourth and fifth segments of tail and vesicle paler, reddish; legs also reddish broun, cheloe with humerus and fingers blackish, hand and brachium redder. Carapace, except on the normally smooth tracts, very distinctly punctured, especially the area around and between the eyes, with very tine close-set granulation on its lateral slope. Terga similarly jiunctured, witli a few very fine granules in front and on the sides, the granules and punctures scarcely distinguishable with a hand-lens ; the tergum of seventh abdominal somite much more distinctly granular, with larger granules along the lateral border and two series forming indistinct crests on each side. Sterna punc- tured, the fourth and fifth mure closely than the others, the third with a distinct smooth patch in the middle of its posterior half. Tail barely four times as long as the carajmce ; carapace as long as first, second, and half the third segments, and about as long as the fifth ; scarcely narrowed posteriorly ; all the segments wide, the second nearly twice as wide as long, the fourth about as wide as long ; fifth oue-tliird longer than wide, abruptly narrowed behind; segments punctured through- out ; the superior, supero-lateral, and infero-lateral keels strong and grantilar ; the inferior median crests almost obsolete on segment 1, more evident on segments 2 and 3, but represented by irregularly arranged granules ; on segment 4? the granules assume a more definite, but still incomplete arrangement in two parallel rows ; median lateral keel present on segment 1, represented by a few granules on segments 2 and 3, absent on segment 4 ; fifth segment with its upper edges granular and sharp, a distinct median lateral keel in the anterior half of the side, and three distinct and granular inferior keels, the area between them also serially granular. Vesicle narrower than the tail, wider than high, punctured but not granular below. CheUe punctured even to the tips of the fingers; humerus with upper keels granular; brachium with upper anterior keel obsoletely granular ; hand wide, distinctly though not strongly carinate, not granular, except slightly so on the inner surface ; width of hand about equal to length of hand-back; fingers long and slender, in contact, the movable as long as the carapace, nearly twice the length of the hand-back. Legs punctured, not granular; tarsi furnished beneath with long, close-set, irregularly arranged bristles ; the fourth tarsus long, lightly convex above, about three times as long as high. Pectinal teeth 10 ( d 2 ); the teeth longer in d . Measurements in millimetres. — Total length 24 ; length of carapace 3'5, tail 15. Luc. Summit of Mt. Eoraima (8600 feet). Some of the distinguishing features of these two species of BroteocJiactas are set forth in the following table : — a. Infero-lateral crests on all tlie caudal segments strong, as strong as the supero- lateral ; inferior medians present and granular; the integument punctured throughout ; terga in male mostly weakly granular ; vesicle smooth ; hand with two finger-keels, smooth, more globular; fingers long and slender, movable as long as carapace. (Of small size, 25 mm. in length.) porosus, sp. n. MOUM EORAIMA IN BEITISH GUIANA. 71 //. Infero-lateral crests on anterior three caudal segments obsolete ; inferior medians absent; dorsal integument not noticeably punctured ; terga closely granular throughout in male ; vesicle granular ; hand granular, less globular, with compressed inner edge, without finger-keels. a'. Carapace {^) entirely covered with close-set granules; sterna minutely and closely punctured througliout ; lower surface of tail finely and closely granular and punctured ; legs also densely and closely punctured ; fingers longer, the movable as long as carapace, immovable more than twice as long as its basal width. (Of large size, 46 mm. in length.) ffranosus, sp. u. b\ At least the upper portion of the carapace smooth ; sterna and lower surface of anterior segments of tail smooth aud polished, not punctured or granular j legs mostly smooth aud polished ; femora at most weakly granular ; fingers shorter, movable shorter than carapace, immovable not twice as long as its basal width. «'. Tail very thick, width of first caudal segment considerably exceeding the width of the hand, and equal to length of first and second caudal segments taken together ; hand very smooth, rounder, its inner edge less compressed, with keel of underhand obsolete; tarsi longer, more thickly covered below with long hair Scluteri, miiii. b". Tail much thinner, width of first segment generally much less tlian, rarely equal, to width of hand, aud less than sum of lengdi of first and second caudal segments ; hand at least with its inner edge granular and subcom pressed; tarsi shorter and more scantily clothed with shorter hairs . . Golliacri, delicatus, parvulus. (For tabulation of the characters of the last three species, see my paper in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. pp. 365-3G6, 1897 ; and Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorp. etc. p. 173, 1899.) HYMENOPTERA, HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA, HOMOPTERA, NEUROPTERA, AND ORTHOPTERA. By W. F. KiEBY, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Plate 6. figs. A, B.) The few specimens of these Orders which have been submitted to nae for identification consist almost exclusively of common and well-known South American species. A few species, mostly immature, are hardly in a condition to be determined with certainty. Tliese are one Forficulide, three Blattidoe, and one Pentatomide. One Hemipteron I have described as new. The two species noted from the greatest elevation {Folistes annularis and Sympetrmu gilvum) are southern representatives of forms found in North America. 72 llEPOET ON A COLLECTION FEOM HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA. APIDJE. MeLIPONA INTERHrPTA Melipona interrupta, Latr., Humb. &: Bonpl. Yoy. i. p. 2^J\, pi. 20. tig. 3(1811). Melipona fasciculata, Smith, Cat. Hyiii. Ins. Brit. Was. ii. ]). 40G, ii. 25 (1854). Horaima, 3500 feet. VESPID^. POLISTES ANNULARIS. Vespa annularis, Johansson, Amoen. Acad. vi. p. 413. n. 93 (17G3). Roraima, 8600 feet. MUTILLID.E. MUTILLA LARVATA. Mutilla larruta, King, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. x. p. 310, pi. 22. fig. (1821). Roraima, 3500 feet. Mutilla quadrum. Mutilla quadrum, King, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. x. p. 320, pi. 23. fig. 8 (1821). Roraima, 3500 feet. EORMICID.E. DOLICHODERUS BISPINGSUS. Myrmica bispinosa, Oliv. Enc. Meth. vi. p. 502. no. GO (1791). Roraima, 3500 feet. A considerable number of specimens. HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. COREID^. ACANTHOCEPHALA SURATA. Diactor surafvs, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. (1) p. 334. n. 2 (1835). Roraima, 3500 feet. REDUVIIDiE. AcROCORis PERARMATA, sji. n. (PI. 6. fig. A ; B, profile of head.) Long. Corp. 27 millim. Male. Ru.fo-testaceous, clothed with a fine grey pile, all the spines tipped with reddisli. Head long, the part behind the eyes slightly longer than that before ; two long pointed spines near together just behind the antennie ; antcnnte with the first joint very Ions:, MOUNT KORAniA IN BRITISH GUIANA. 73 blackish, with two whitish bands near each extremity, second joint about \ as long as the first, whitish, with the extremity blackish ; third joint about as long as first, blackish towards the l)ase, and yellowish beyond, blackish again at its junction with the fourth joint, which is yellowish and about as long as tlie second. Front lobe of thoi-ax with two strong erect spines at the back ; middle lobe with four, two in the middle, and two lateral, all at about equal distances apart. Clavus brown. First joint of rostrum yellowish, the remainder deep black, the tip extending just beyond the base of the head. Legs unarmed, thickly pubescent, more or less blackish on the outer side ; tarsi black. A])dorninal segments with four small lateral spines on the basal half, and three long, triangular, whitish, lateral spots on each side beyond the middle. Scutellum with a very slight terminal spine, if any. Roraima, 3500 feet. This curious insect does not seem to have much resemblance to any described species HEMIPTERA HOROPTER A. FULGORIDyE. acriephia perspicillata. Cicada perspicillata, Fabr. Spec. lus. ii. p. 3.22. u. 1 (1781). Roraima, 3500 feet. NEUROPTERA ODONATA. LIBELLULID.E. Sympetrum gilvum. Dip/ax illotum, var. gilva, De Selys, Ami. Soc. Eat. Belg. xsviii. p. 43 (ISSi). Roraima, SGOO feet. O R T H P T E R A. LOCUSTID.E. Chromacris speciosa. Gryllus speciosus, Tluaib. IMtjm. Petersb. ix. p. 40, pi. 11. fig. 1 (1821). Roraima, 3500 feet. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6, Fig. A. Acrocoris perarniata, sp. n. Fig. B. „ „ profile of head. 74 EEPOET ON A COLLECTION FEOM COLEOPTERA. By C. O. Waterhouse, V.P.E.S. CARABID^. OxYCREPis LEUCOCERA, Lacord. A single example. DYTISClDiE. Rhantus elegans, "Waterli. Several specimens found at an elevation of 8600 feet. A single example only was obtained on a former occasion. LUCANIDiE. Charagmophorus lineatus, Waterh. This genus and species were described from a single male example. Other males and two females have now been found at 8600 feet. The female has the elytra as in the male, with lines of very small grey scales ; but tlie head and thorax are shining. The mandibles are short. The head is sparsely punctured posteriorly, rather strongly transversely impressed in front and strongly and closely punctured. The thorax is rather more convex than in the male, a little narrowed anteriorly, ol)tusely angular at the sides at a short distance from the base, moderately finely ptmctvired, the punctures rather unequal, not very sharply defined, separated from each other by two to three diameters of a puncture ; the margins are impressed ; the disk is longitudinally impressed. The front tibia? have the five teeth rather stronger and more approximate than in the male ; the posterior tibiae have a small acute tooth at the middle. DASCILLIDiE. ExAGONTUS, gen. nov. Mentum a little broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, corneous ; ligula broad and transverse, acuminate at the sides ; labial paljii three-jointed, the basal joint elongate, the second a little shorter, pear-shaped, the third somewhat the same shape but inverted, acuminate at the apex. Maxilloe with two delicate subequal lobes ; the galea consists of two portions, the basal part parallel, the apical portion shorter, clothed with stiff hair ; the lacinia terminates in a curved acute tooth, which is surrounded by curved stiff bristles. Maxillary palpi rather long, robust, hairy ; the basal joint rather short, narrowed at its base ; the second joint stouter, at least twice as long as broad, gradually and not very much narrowed towards the base ; the third joint similar in shape but a little shorter ; the fourth a little longer than the second, club-shaped, acuminate at the apex. Mandibles strong, curved, concave below, very acute at the apex, with a small MOUNT EOEAIMA IN BRITISH GUIANA. 75 tooth about the middle. Labrum rather large, siibquadrate, rounded in front. Head convex, deflexed, but in no way covered by the pronotum, parallel behind the eyes, narrowed in front. Eyes rather prominent, coarsely facetted. Antennae placed a little in front of the eyes, widely separated at their base, eleven-jointed, of moderate length, of nearly equal thickness throughout, except the slender third joint; composed of cylindrical joints, clothed with stiff pubescence ; the second joint globoss, the third joint very narrow at the base, the following joints gradually narrower towards their bases. Thorax strongly transverse, the side with a strong tooth-like prominence about the middle. Scutellum triangular. Elytra broader than the broadest part of the thorax, one-third broader than long, flattened dorsally; tlie surface uneven, irregularly punctured. Prosternum much reduced, with a diamond-shaped process between tlie coxae, the coxal cavity completely open posteriorly. Mesosternum slightly inclined, with a slight, sharply margined concavity in which the prosternal process rests. Metasternum rather short ; the episterna broad, a little narrowed posteriorly. Abdomen composed of five visible segments below. Anterior coxae strongly transverse ; intermediate coxae globose ; posterior coxae very narrow externally, very Avide internally. Tibial spurs small but distinct. Tarsi five-jointed ; the basal joint nearly as long as the two following taken together ; the fourth the broadest, concave above, so that it has a tendency to be bilobed, clothed with soft pubescence below ; fifth jomt not very long, with divaricating claws. 1 have some doubt as to the affinities of this genus. The structure of the antennae points to affinity with the Ptinidae, near Hedobla ; but the broader, flatter form, the freely exposed head, the transverse anterior coxae, and internally dilated postei'ior coxae would place it in the Dascillidte, where I now joropose to place it. No doubt the Ptinidae and Dascillidae should be placed nearer together than is usual in collections. EXAGONTUS DENTICOLLIS, Sp. n. Elongato-oblongus, parum convexus, fusco-castaneus, sat nitidus, brevissime griseo- pubescens ; capita nigrescente, crebre punctato ; thorace utrinque dente valido instructo ; elytris crebre pmictatis, pube gisea A'ariegatis, impressionibus nonnuUis notatis. Long. 3i, lat. 2 mill. The antennae are modei'ately robust, the third joint more slender, the fourth to tenth joints a little longer and broad, cylindrical, united to each other by their centres ; the eleventh joint a little longer, elongate-oval. Apical joint of the maxillary paljji black. The elytra are brown, closely punctured, with numerous lines of greyish-yellow pubescence giving a mottled appearance. Each elytron has a large transverse imj^ression below the scutellum, another about the middle, one below the shouldei' ; the surface of the apical portion is uneven, and in certain positions three slight interrupted costae may be traced. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 11 76 ON A COLLECTION FEOM MOUNT KORAIMA. TENEBRIONIDvE. Cyrtosoma montanum, sp. n. Oblonguni, nitidum ; capite, thorace femoribusque fere nigris ; elytris seneis, teauiter striatis ; ore, autennis, tibiis tarsisque piceo-flavis. Long. 11, lat. 5| mill. Head finely and rather closely punctured. Antennae with the six terminal joints gradually wider. Thorax finely but distinctly and rather closely punctured, with a very slight, transverse impx-ession above the anterior angles and above the posterior angles ; the sides with tAvo obtuse not very prominent angles. Scutellum pitchy. Elytra rather wider than the thorax, one-quarter longer than broad, rather straight at the sides, obliquely narrowed at the apex, finely striated, the striae indistinctly punctured, the interstices scarcely convex on the back, but at the apex and at the sides they are slightly angularly raised in the middle ; the fourth and fifth strise unite posteriorly about one-third from the apex, the third and fifth unite nearer the apex, and the second and sixth within the apical angle. The underside of the insect is for the most part pitchy red, shaded with black on the metasternum and abdomen. LAMIIDiE. Alcidion sexnotattjm, sp. n. Elongatum, angustum, fuscum, pube grisea vestitum ; thorace basi constricto ; ely tris fasciis punctisque numerosis fuscis ornatis, singulo elytro ad apicem oblique truncate, angulo saturali obtuso, angulo externo rectangulare ; antennis gracilibus, corpore multo longioribus. d . Long. 11, lat. 4 mill. Compared with the majority of the species of this genus, this is very elongate and narrow. The antennae are very long ; the basal joint is much narrowed at the base, then quite straight and parallel to the apex ; the joints are tipped with black and have some black pubescence, which forms a slight tuft at the apex of the third joint. The thorax is short and transverse, lightly impressed on the disk, arcuately narrowed anteriorly, slightly constricted at the base ; the middle of the disk and three or four small spots at the sides are brown. The elytra have scarcely any trace of costae ; the basal crest is well marked but not acute ; the basal area is brown, with two vague oblique vittae of ashy pubescence marked with brown punctures ; at the middle there is an irregular ashy fascia (descending at the suture) marked with brown punctures ; behind this is a fascia formed by five elongate spots placed side by side, the sutural one lower down than the others ; in the apical area there are six brown spots, three of which are placed so as to make V I on the left elytron. The following species, not of very special interest, were found at an elevation of 3500 feet :— Passalus transversm, Dalm. ; Antichira dichroa, Mannerheim ; Pelidnota Icevissima, Burm. ; .Pyrojihorus uoctiluca, Linn. ; Strongylium luemorrhoidalis, Eabr. ; HeiUpus carinirostris, Schonh. ; Cratosomus suhangulatus, Sclionh. ; Sphenophorus hemipterus, Linn. ; Trachyderes interruptus, Dup. ; and Jamesiu globifem, Eabr. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON, MEM()K.\NDA CONCEKNING TRANSACTIONS. The First Series of tlie Transaetious, coutaining both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire sots are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or [arts to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8.«. to the public, and tis. to Fellows ; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and '.is. to Fellows. The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and liotanical sections. The prices of the Zoological parts of these which have been published are as nndernieiitionod (for the Rotaniral parts see Botanical wrapper) : — Secono Series. — ZooLoriT. Second Series. — ZooLoor (cDiUinued) When Price to the Price to Voliiin Wlu-u Price til the Price t O Vohmie. Publislied. P ublic. PVllows. e. Pulilished. I'ublie Fe lh,we. £ s. (/. £ S. d. ! £ S. d. £ «. (/. I. Part 1. 1875. . . . 1 4 .. . . 18 ' V. Part I. 1888. . . . . 12 .. . 9 Part 11. 1875. .. . fi .. . 4 6 Part 11. 1888. .. .. (» 5 .. . 3 9 Part III. 1871!. .. . 1 8 ., .. 1 1 Part 111. 1889. , . .. 1 7 .. .. 1 Part IV. 1877. .. .. 16 . . . . 12 Part IV. 1890. .. . . 12 .. .. 9 Part V. 1877. .. . . 18 .. . . 13 6 Part V. 1890. . . . . 6 .. .. 4 6 Part VI. 1877. .. .. 1 2 . . . . 1 6 6 Part VI. 1891. .. .. 12 .. . . 9 Part VU. 1878. .. . 1 16 .. .. 1 7 Part VII. 1891. .. ..0 6 .. . . 4 6 Part Vlll. 1879. . . . 1 (1 . . 15 Part '\ Part '111. 1892. .. IX. 1892. . ..08 . . 12 .. .. .. . . 6 9 II. Part I. 1879. . . .. 1 4 .. . . 18 Part X. 1893. .. . . 1 8 . . . . 1 1 Part 11. 1881. .. . 15 .. . . 11 Part XI. 1894. .. . . 2 6 . . . . (» >) Part III. 1882. . . .. 1 8 .. .. 1 1 Part IV. 1882. . . . . i 6 . . . . 5 6 VI Part I. 1894. . . . . 2 . . .. 1 10 Part V. 1882. .. . . 3 . . ..0 2 3 Part 11. 1894. . . .. 1 11 .. .. 1 <_> 3 Part VI. 1883. . . .. 1 .. . . 15 Part III. 1894. . . .. 10 .. . . i 6 Part Vll. 18S3. .. . . 5 .. ..0 3 9 Part IV. 18!h;. . . . . 1 4 . . . . 18 Part VlII. 1883. .. .. 3 .. ..02 3 I'art V. 189(;. . . . . 10 .. . . (J / 6 Part IX. 1883. . . .. 3 . ^ . 2 3 Part VI. 1896. . , ..0 8 .. .. 6 Part X. 1884. .. . . 4 6 . . . . 3 r, Part Vll. 18911. . . . 12 . . 9 I'art XI. 1884. .. .. 10 . . ..0 7 6 I'art VI 11. 18!i7. . . . . 2 t! . . . . o (J I'art XII. 1885. .. .. 6 . ..0 4 6 Part Xlil. 1H84. .. . . 1) .. ..0 4 (i vn P.iM 1. 1896. . . . . 1(1 . . . . 1 6 I'art XIV. IS85. .. . . 6 . . ..04 6 Part U. 1897. . . .. 12 . . .. 9 Part XV. 1885. . . .. 4 6 . . ..0 3 6 1 Part III. 1897. . . . (■> i) . . . 4 6 Part XVI. 1885. . . . . 5 . . . . 3 9 Part IV. 189S. . . . 10 . . . . / i; Part XVI 1. 1886. .. . , II 3 ..02 3 Part V. isiiv. . . . 18 . (1 i;i () PartXVlll. 1888. .. . . »> 6 . . ..0 2 Pari, VI. l.s'.ts. . . . \:i . . . !l 9 III. Part 1. 1.S84. .. .. 1 14 . , . . 1 5 f; Part Vll. 18!ll). . . . 18 . , . 13 6 Part 11. 1884. .. .. 1 12 . . .. 1 4 1 Part VI 11. IM)9. . . . 12 . . t) Part 111. 1885. .. .. 1 10 . ..12 6 Part IX. 1899. . . . . 1 (» . . 15 Part IV. 188.5. . . . 1) 8 . . .. 6 Part X. 1900. , . . 6 (1 . . 4 6 Part V. 1887. . . . 1) s . .0 6 I Part XI. IIHIO. . . . . L' '.) . . . *) Part VI. 1888. . t) f; ..0 4 6 IV. I'art 1. 1886. . .. 1 4 (J . . . 18 VIII Part 1. 1900. . . . . 1 . . . 1 6 Part II. 1887. . .. 1 s . . . 1 1 Part 11. 1900. . . . . 10 . . . « 6 i'art 111. isss. , . . (1 IC . , . 12 i;i 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY ,^D: [VOL. VIII. PAKT 3. THE TRANSAOTIOXS OP THE LLNNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ON THE STKUCTUEE ANH AFFINITIES OF ECHIDKOS UNICINCTOS. 13Y A L I C E L. E M B L E T O N, B. Sc. (Communicated by Piot". G. B. Howks, Sec. Linn. Soc.) jr L O N 1) O N : PRINTED FOK THK MNNEAN SOCIETY HY TAVl.OK AN1> KKANCIS, KKI) LION COIIKT. FLKKT STREET. SOLU Al THE society's APARTMENTS. BURLIN&TON-HOllSE. PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW, December 1900, [ 77 ] III. Oh the Structure and Affinities of Echiurus unicinetus. By Alice L. Embleton, B.Sc. {Communicated by JProf. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S.) (Plates 7 10.) Read Ttb June, 19(i0. J HE observations recorded in this paper were made by me in the Zoological Laboratory of the Royal College of Science, London, during January, Pebruary, and March 1900, under the direction of Professor Howes and Mr. M. E. "Woodward, to both of whom I owe a debt of gratitude for their generous help and advice. The material was obtained by Professor Howes from Professor Mitsukuri, of Tokyo, through the kindness of Mr. H. Lyster Jameson, who had intended to rejiort upon it in his recently published paper in the Naples ' Mittheilungen,' but for want of time had been prevented from so doing. The specimens, numbering between 90 and 100, were in alcohol, and had been preserved in corrosive sublimate. On the whole they were in very good condition, though much contracted, resiilting in great variability of shape both as regards the entire body and the different organs ; in several individuals, parts of the alimentary canal were forced out through bursts in the body-wall, presumably caixsed by sudden and violent contraction. To a large extent these post-mortem changes obscured many observations which, on fresh or uncontracted material, could have been made with greater ease and certainty. Doubtless this is the species mentioned — though not named specifically — by Willemoes- Suhtn * as occurring on the Japanese coast, where apparently it lives in great abundance, for he says : " Ein Echiurid der den Eischern als Koder dient und wohl in Schlamm dicht am Ufer vorkommt. Der S-Jt Zoll lange Wurm stimmt ganz mit den Merkmalen der Gattung Echiurns iiberein, hat aber hinten nicht zwei Hakenkriiuze, sondern nur einen." The average length of the body is about 7 oi' 8 cm. ; all the specimens are narrowest at the posterior end, widening out gradually, as a veritable sac, between this and the ])rol)oscis. The term " proboscis " is used, though that organ is, in all, represented merely by a bluntly-pointed prte-oral lobe of triangular outline (PI. 7. figs. 1-2, pi).) ; it cannot J^e doubted, however, that this is due to its state of contraction, for in cutting a series of microscopic sections of the anterior end of the body there was nothing to suggest that the proboscis was missing, as is so often the case with the Bintish iovm, Echiurus Fallasid {Guevin), called "E. vulgaris" hy Eorbes, Eorbes & Goodsir, Sars, O. Schmidt, and Metzger. * " Von der Vhallenr/er Expedition, lirieff von K. v. Willemoes-Suhm an C. Th. v. Siebold, vii.,'" Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Band xxvii 1876, p. cii. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 12 78 ALICE L. EMBLETON ON THE STKUCTUEE AND The only previous description of this species is that given by Drasche *, who had but two specimens to work on, with the result that his observations are superficial and limited to three imges. Of his specimens be records : " Beide Exemplaren fehlte der Kopflappen (Riissel)." It may be that, having so little material, he was misled by the highly retracted state of this organ, wliich, possessing as it does a very powerful musculature, is very liable to extreme contraction. Even allowing for the contracted condition, this proboscis is a much shorter organ than in Echlurus Pullasli, or Thalassema neptuni, and never assumes the almost ribbon-like form it presents in the latter species. At the base of the proboscis-lobe is the mouth, placed ventrally (Pi. 7. figs. 1, 2, m.). The whole outer surface of the body is densely papillated (PL 1. figs. 1, 2, 4), agreeing in this respect with other species of Echiurus; the papillae show no very definite arrangement, though they tend to run in transverse rows round the body, in wliich direction also the individual papillae are elongated (PL 7. fig. J.). As in allied forms, anteriorly on the ventral surface are two recurved setae (PL 7. fig. 1, s.a.), pointing outwards and backwards ; posteriorly are the characteristic peri-anal hooks (fig. 1, s.p.), which in this species form but a single circlet. Drasche gives this as one of the three distinguishing features of the species — hence its name " unicinciiis" or "one girdle." In speaking of this circlet of setse, however, he says it is made up of 11 setaj ; but on examining my material the number seems to be by no means constant, varying indifferently from 10 to 13 (PL 7. figs. 1, 5). The space between the two setae situated most ventrally is always greater than that between any other tw^o, giving it the appearance of an incomplete ring — though Drasche has observed that the ring is complete ventrally. Just behind the two anterior hooks, on the ventral side, it is possible to see with a hand-lens two pairs of minute pores among the papilke ; these are the external apertures of the segmental organs or nephridia. The reproductive prodvicts are passed to the exterior through these pores. Referring to the papilhe, Drasche says : " Nur an einer Stelle etwa 5 mm. hinter den Bauchborsten, findet sich eiu 5h mm. breiter Giirtel von 13 Papillenkrauzen. Diese Papillen sind etwas grosser als die iibrigen und habeu die Porm von auf die schmale Seite ijestellten Ziegeln." So far as my specimens are concerned no such tract is discernible, though on submitting the body-wall to microscopic excxmination it is found that in the region of the segmental organs the ordinary unicellular glands occur along with immense compound glands (which will be more fully dealt with below). This particularly glandular belt may correspond to the 13 rows of large papillte mentioned by Drasche (PL 7. figs. 6, 7, £r.). Probably the aoimal secretes a substance with which it lines the tubes or burrows in \\hich it lives, using the two recurved anterior setae in climbing and its posterior circlet * "Ueber ciue ueue Echiurus-A-ti aus Japan," Verhandlungen des zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien, Band sxx. 1880. AFFINITIES OF ECHIURUS UNICINXTrS. , 79. to liold itself in its tunnel. The setae have a significantly abundant supply of powerful muscles (fig. 12), and the wall of the posterior end of the body is mucli thicker than elsewhere, on account of the comparatively disproportionate development of the layer of longitudinal muscles (PL 7. fig. 9j. Setce. — Tliese agree on the whole with Spengel's description of those in Echinrns Pallasii. TJiere is, however, some slight difference observable between the setsc of the anterior pair (PI. 7. fig. 3) and of tlie posterior circlet ; the former ai-e large and very markedlv recurved, while the latter are smaller and liner, with but a slisrht curvature. The anterior seta? project into tlie body-cavity vei-y conspicuously, and possess numerous strong radiating muscles (PL 7. figs. 5, 12; PL 10. fig. l-O). In minute structure each seta presents a pointed, somewhat flattened free end ; about a third of its length back there is a circular constriction, after wliich the seta widens out again to its blunt extremity, which lies embedded in muscle and a protoplasmic mass from which it originated, and in which young setae can 1)3 semi. The chitin of whicli tlic liook is composed exhibits a transverse striation or annulation, less marked at the pointed end. GreeflP says there is a fine canal in the suljstance of the seta at the free end running a sliort way back ; this does not appear to be a canal but to be due to striation, as is so often seen in the ordinary setae of Chajtopoda. Bodij-waJl. — The body-wall varies in thickness in ditfereut regions, being thinnest where the body is widest, and thickest at the tapering posterior extremity. It is not unlikely that this is in part caused by differences in the state of conti'action, but this alone could not account for the very striking divergence in the ])roportionate depths of the respective muscle-slieatlis [cf. PL 7. figs. 6, 8, 9, 10). Microscopic sections of the liody-wall serve to show tliat, in general histological structure, it is almost identical with that of Echiurtts Pallasii as described by Greeff and Spengel. The ejndermis is coA(ned by a well-defined cuticle, which is typical of the whole group; in microsco2)ic preparations this appears as a sharp dark line running along the outer border of the section, pierced by the skin-glands; and Ijeneath tliis clearly marked band, and abutting on tlie epidermal cells, a vacuolated layer presents itself, similar to that figured by Jameson * in Thalassema neptuni (PL 7. figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10). The epidermis is composed of a single layer of columnar cells, but it is difficult to distinguish them as such, for they are much distorted by the pressure of the numerous unicellular glands and clear cells ; the epidermal cells give the appearance of a clear matrix in Avhich these darkly staining bodies S(;em to be embedded. The nuclei of the epidermal and gland-cells lie at their inner ends, and, as they stain almost as strikingly as tlie glandular secretion, they form a dark border in section (PL 7. figs. 0, 7, 8, 9, 10). Occasionally the unicellular glands assume giant proportions, become filled willi secretion, and might well be mistaken for compound glands (PL 7. fig. G, (j.u.). In the depressions between the papillae there are neither gland- nor " trigger-cells '' ; these latter are seen scattered among the glandular tissue, being most noticcjible on the proboscis (PI. 7. fig. 11). * "Contributions to the Anitomy and Histologj- of Thalassema nepiani, Gaertner," /ool. Jahrb. lid. xii. 1899. 12* 80 ALICE L. EMBLETON ON THE STEUCTURE AND Though on the whole, as is seen, the structure of the body-wall in this Japanese species is largely identical with the descriptions given for allied types, yet in one important point this EcJdurus differs from others in the group, for it possesses not only unicellular glands but also large compound glands. These occur in immense numbers but are strictly local in their distribution, being restricted to a wide belt in the anterior half of the animal, coincident with the position of the segmental organs. They are very conspicuous, being the most significant structures in sections of the body-wall, whether they be taken in a transverse or longitudinal direction. As PI. 7. figs. 6, 7 ig.) show, these glands are flask-shaped bodies, built up by radially grouped gland-cells {g.c) with delicate walls ; the secretion (*.) from each component cell is poured into the main duct,' which is lined by the cuticle. The nuclei (iic.) of the gland-cells collect at the basal ends, and, being large, they make a sharp outline of the flask-like character of the whole ,organ (PL 7. figs. 6, 7). These glands are large and sink far down into the cutis (or connective-tissue strata) {t.c), occasionally coming into contact Avith the outer circular muscle-sheath (m.c). Invariably the ducts of these glands discharge on the summit of a papilla ; and, seeing they are found in no other portion of the skin except near the ■segmental organs, it is not improbable that their secretion has some function to perform in connection with the ripe eggs, which pass out by the segmental organs. Or, again, the secretion may be used to form a lining to tlie burrows and tunnels in which the creatures pass their lives. This can only be decided by carefully watching living specimens. Sections of the body-wall of E. PallasU, specimens of which came from St. Andrews, showed however, in the region of the segmental organs, where the compound glands are located in E. unicinctus, only unicellular glands. Tliey were similar to those in other parts of the body, being much modified, as Spengel noted, and having each a long tapering neck, attached to an expanded body embedded in the cutis ; on the proboscis they were larger than elsewhere, but in no region were there any compound glands such as occvir in this Japanese species. The cutis is beneath the epidermis ; it consists of connective-tissue brandling cells, with nuclei scattered irregularly throughout. As in all the other layers of the body- wall, no blood-capillaries can be detected (PI. 7. figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, i.e.). The muscle-sheath comes next ; the outermost layer is made up of circularly arranged fibres; below this is a band of longitudinal muscles, followed on the inner side by another layer of circular muscles, showing, however, a slight obliquity as compared with the outer circvilar layer {m.c). Sections cut in different parts of the body show all these parts in very varying proportion. Median sections exhibit but feeble papillation, and the unicellular glands are more scattered, while the large compound glands are absent altogether ; the cutis and muscle are also proportionately reduced (PL 7. fig. 8). A great difference is observable in sections taken through the thickened wall of the jwsterior end (figs. 9, 10), the immense increase in depth being mainly due to a development of longitudinal muscles ; the papillae are striking, but possess no compound glands. It is difficult to discover how far the epidermis of the body-wall extends at the posterior extremity of this worm, for there is no definite line of demarcation showing AFFINITIES OF ECHIURUS UNICINCTUS. 81 where the epithelium lining the alimentary canal takes the place of the hndy integument. A peculiar tissue is present within the anal spliinctor, continuing forward some distance beyond the openings of the anal vesicles ; it is suggestive of l)eing the glandular epidermis, modified as a result of its morphologically internal position. Its prol)al)le signiticance and relations will be considered more fully in connection with the anal vesicles. In sections of the bodj'^-wall, and more particularly in the region of the proboscis, there are present in the epidermis groups of sensory cells, similar to those figured by Jameson in his paper on Thalassema neptuni. Each cell possesses a projecting process or hair, which, piercing the cuticle, forms a trigger-like organ (PL 7. fig. 11, c.s.) ; I was unable to trace any connection between these cells and nerve-branches from the lateral trunks in the proboscis. The occurrence of such structui-es as these sensory cells would appear to be exceptional from what Spengel says in the account he gives of his investiga- tions on S?//«o'«s Pa//«m: "Beim Echiunis habe ich weder bewegliche Cilien noeh Starre Haare zu Erkennen vermocht." The only organs of a sensory nature Avhich he finds are those to which he applies the term " becherformige Sinnesorgane," comparable with those mentioned by Eisig * as occurring in the CapitelUdeu. In Sipunculus AndresBf found between the gland-cells occasional " Nervendorgane," particularly on the proboscis, but also irregularly distributed over the body. Eisig concludes that what Andreae calls " Seitenorgane " are in reality the same thing as his " Beeherorgane." Alimentary Canal. — The alimentary canal is relatively very long, about 60 cm.; it forms many coils, which are arranged for the most part quite irregularly ; yet I find that some of the individual loops are constant in occurrence and disposition. In all cases the mouth leads into a straight buccal cavity, which is fixed to the body-wall by radial and dorsal mesenteric strands. Histologically this tract shows a ciliated glandular epithelium which is thrown into folds, continuous with those on the prostomium. At first the outer layer of longitudinal muscle is very inconspicuous (PI. 8. figs. 13, \Za), but it gradually becomes more pronounced (PL 8. figs. 14, 14 a, m.l.). Beyond the region of radial mesenteries the tube becomes narrower and takes an uninterrupted backward course for about an inch ; in Ech'mrus Fallasll and Thalassema neptuni this region is thrown into a double loop. As before, its lining is glandular, but the waUs have become much more muscular ; at this jioint there is always a little knot of <1 to 5 close coils (PL 7. fig. 5, cr.), in which the muscular elements are greatly reduced and the glandular nature of the epithelium is intensified, the foldings at the same time becoming deeper. Prom the nature of this coiled portion I judge it to be distensible, so it may function as a crop (PL 8. fig. 15). Beyond it, the alimentary canal decreases still more in calibre, and runs almost straight to the posterior end of the body-cavity ; its walls are immensely thick, owing to the remarkable development of circular muscle, * H. Eisig : " Die Seitenorgane und becherfcirmigen Orgaue tier Capitcllidcn,"' MifctheiluDgen aus der Zoolo". Station zu Neapel, Bd. i. p. 278. t J. Andrea;: "Eeitrage zur Anatoiaie u. Histologic des Hiimnculus nadux, L.," in Zeitscli. wiss. Zool. Ed. sxxvi. pp. 201-258, tabb. 12 u. lU (ISSl). §2 ALICE L. EJJBLETOX ON THE STRUCTURE AND while tlie longiiudinal fibres are almost wanting; the epithelium is correspondingly leduced anl is devoid of glands (PI. 8. fig. 16). This narrow, muscular, non-glandular part is probably to be looked upon as a gizzard, following as it does immediately upon the crop-like region. Jameson describes the " crop " in Thalassema neptuni as coming behind the gizzard ; though it is difiicult to see what its use could be in such a position, for the crop is essentially a glandular distensible part in which food collects before it can enter the narrow muscular gizzard, where it is crushed previous to its passage into the delicate intestine. I find the cilia in somB specimens extend back as far as the beginning of the intestine, though this is apparently an individual variation. At the posterior end of the body this narrow gizzard, which extends for nearly 5 cm., widens out into the thin-wall^d intestine, and at the same time it turns forwaixls, becoming a veritable tangle of complicated coils and loops ; mesenteric strands reappear at this point which attach the coils, irregularly, to the body-wall. The beginning of the intestine proper is marked by the appearance of the ciliated groove on the ventral side, Avhich 25 cm. further on gives place to the collateral intestine (or siphon), at a point about 12-5 cm. from the mouth. The intestine continues as far as the rectum (or large intestine) ; its walls are very delicate, possessing very few fibrous elements ; its epi- thelium is glandular and is raised into long slender villi (PI. 8. figs. 17, 17 a) ; above the ciliated groove and collateral intestine runs a band of longitudinal muscle (PI. 8. figs. 17, 21 prol)()seis functions as a luni:, if only on account of the well-known fact that it is completely thrown off on the slio-htest provocation: if it subserved such an important function as respiration, it seems scarcelv probable that the animal could so readily part witli it; yet in the specimens of EchlirniN Pallasii which I have examined (obtained from St. Andrews) the proboscides were missing, leaving in eacli case a scar round the mouth. Greeff also assigns to the proboscis the function of prehension of food material, by definitely seizing the prey and rolling it into the mouth ; but Spengel thinks this is done by the cilia on the ventral surface, apart from any action of the organ as a whole. The proboscis of Echiurm uiiiciiictus differs widely from that of allied forms : it is verv small, thick, and blunt, being scarcely more than a prye-oral lobe (tig. '1), and in this species it is difficult to see how it can act as a lung or for the prehension of food. Doubtless it is much contracted in these preserved specimens, but, even allowinii- for that, it is an extremely insigniticant organ compared with that of Echiurns Fallasii, Thalassema, and Bouellin. If its insignitlcance were due to great contraction, then the lateral nerve-cords would be thrown into deep folds, as is tiie ventral cord ; but on dissecting out the nerve-ring in the proboscis-tissue (Fl. 9. Mg. 27) it is seen to be very slightly wavy, which points to the fact that the proboscis cannot be extended far beyond its condition in my specimens (PI. 7. tigs. 1, 2). There is no proboscis in the aberrant genus Saccosoma, described by Danielssen and Koren. The ventral surface is entirely clothed with cilia, which are not restricted to a groove. The sinuses, which are so conspicuous in the tissue of the proboscis, as seen in transverse sections, I have already referred to when considering the " blood-vascular system." There maj^ however, be some correlation between the develo^imeut of the blood- vascular system and the proboscis. It is known that, in those larvie of tiie Gephyrea whose development has been followed, the vascular system is formed late, and * Isis von Oben, i. 1S23, Taf. v. figs. 1 5. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. It 94 ALICE L. EMBLETON n\ THE STRUCTUEE AND its natiiro seems to be entirely different from tliat in other animals. In the adult it functions less as a circulatory system than as a hydraulic apparatus for expanding;; the proboscis in the Echiuroidea, and the tentacles in the Sipunculoidea, where it is entirely absent from the following forms, which have no tentacles ; Fetalostoma, Onchnesomn, and Tylosoma. Similarly liere, in Echiurus unicmcfus, tlie absence of the vascular system may he in direct correlation with the extrenie reduction of tlie proboscis. This view gains some support from the fact that in tlie Priapuloidea, an allied group, where there are no head appendages (such as proboscis or tentacles), there is no vascular system. Mr. Sliipley * has called my attention to the fact that Thalassetna vegrande, Lampert, has no proboscis, and but for the hooks there is no external indication as to which is the anterior end. Distribution and Jffinities. — Up to the present this species has only been met with on the Japanese coast ; this is evidently the worm Willemoes-Suhm found there in great abundance, and Drasche's two examples were collected by Dr. A. von Roretz on the east coast of S. Japan ; my specimens came from Tokyo. The affinities of tlie Echiuroidea, as a whole, are doubtful, and different zoologists classify them very ditferently. Korschelt and TIeider, after studying the development of the group, say that, "as regards the position of the Echiuridge, we agree with Hatschek's f view ; he sees in them a division of the AnneUda, and In'ings them in relation with the Ghsetopoda. The form and internal organization of the larva, as well as the mode of origin of the setae, seem fully to substantiate this view. Even though the segmentation (metamerism) no longer exists in the adult animal, it was nevertheless established iu the larva, just as in the Chsetopoda and Archiannelida. The loss of the segmentation and the reduction of the setae, as well as the enormous extension of the prostomium, or so- called proboscis, make the Echiuridae appear as somewhat moditied forms." This is confirmed by Conn |, who, with Hatscbek, inclines to separate the Echiuroidea from the Sipuncixloidea. Shipley, however, is of opinion that the resemblances between these tAvo great classes outweigh the differences, and that the Echiuroidea are derived from the Chaetopoda, the nearest ally lieing iStern(is2:i/s ; that the Sipunculoidea are also allied, but have departed much further from the Annelid stock. My observations on this Japanese Echiurid lead me to believe that the connection with the Sipunculoidea is slight, and that the features which separate the two classes are I'undamental. As regards tlie affinities of this species with the other members of the genus, there are several very imjiortant points of dilTerence, w^hich may even justify its being placed in a new genus by itself: — (1) Unlike all other known genera of the Echiuroidea — with the exception of the aberrant Saccosoma — it has no extensible proboscis, that organ being represented merely by a short blunt prostomial lobe (PI. 7. fig. 2) ; (2) according to Shipley, a closed vascular system is characteristic of all Echiurids, yet it is totally absent here — this may be indicative of a very primitive condition, but, apart from that, it is, I think, a * " Report on the Gepliyrean Worms collected by Mr. ,T. Stanley Gardiner at Rotnma and Funafuti," Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. -)72. t " Ueber Entwicklungsgeschichte von Kcldnnts, etc.," Arbeiten zool. Inst. Wien, lid. iii. 1881. t " Life-history of Thalassema," Stud. Biol. Lab., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, vol. iii. 1886. AFFINITIES OF ECHIURUS UNICINCTUS. 95 diameter of sjeneric importance ; (3) the presence of a very definitely marked belt of compound 2,'lands in the skin is a feature peculiar to this species, (4) as is also tlie single circlet of peri-anal hooks, and (5) the spiral arms of the inner funnels of the segmental organs ; (6) there is also no special mesentery nor diaphragm such as occur in Echiurus Palhisii and Tlialassema neptuni ; and the alimentary canal seems to be simpler, for I cannot distinguish the various regions named by Spengel, Jameson, and others. 'lliese peculiar features seem to me to have more than specific significance, and may make it advisable to place this Japanese worm in a separate new geuus. On making dissections of Ecliiiiriis laiicinctuH and Fallasli, and Thalassema neptuni, the identity between the two latter was very striking, the only fundamental difference being that Thalnsscnta lias no peri-anal bi'istles, its blood-system, prolioscis, mesenteries, nephridia, body-wall, and alimentary canal all showing close agreement with Echiunis Pallasii ; whereas, in these numerous and important respects, the Japanese " species ' is utterly unlike the British Echiurid. Drasche, however, says " dieser neue Echiurus verbindet also Merkmale von Thalassema mit deueu von Echvurus und erweitert somit nicht allein die bisherigen Anschauungen iiber der Bau der Segmentalorgane l)ei Echitirm, souderu moditieirt auch durch seinen nur einfaclien Hakenkranz die Umgrenzung der Gattung selbst, wie sie bislier augenommen werden." His examination of tiie species, however, was limited to two specimens, and was necessarily not exhaustive ; but after the facts which have now come to light it would be necessary to extend the limits of the genus very considerably, if the species unicinctus is to be retained within it. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate 7. Fig. 1. Echiurus unicinctus (natural size). 2. Ventral view of the anterior extremity (enlarged) . 3. Anterior seta, side view. 4. Piece of the external surface (magnified), showing the papilla! elongated transversely. I A = anterior, j P = posterior. 5. Lateral dissection ; alimentary canal displaced. 6. Longitudinal section through the body-w;ill in the region of the segmental organ.s. 7. Section through a compound gland (highly magnified). 8. Transverse section througli the body-wall in the middle of the worm. 9. „ „ „ „ at the posterior end of the worm. 10. Longitndinal muscle-fibres of fig. 9, more highly magnified. 11. Section through a papilla on the proboscis, showiug a group of sensory cells. 12. Dissection of the anterior end, showing the absence of blood-vessels aud of the "' diaphragm or septum " which occurs in E. Pallasii- 96 ALICE L. EMBLETON ON THE STKUCTURE AND Plate 8. Fig. 13. Diagrammatic section through the mouth. 14. „ „ „ pharynx. 15. „ „ » crop. 16. „ „ ,. gizzard. 17. „ „ „ intestine. 18. „ „ „ rectum. 13 a. [Drawn with the camera lucida.] Detailed drawing of part of fig. 13. 14 a. ,. „ .. „ „ .. .- H- 1-^- 17 «. .. „ „ „ „ „ ,, ^g- I''- 18 «. ., „ „ „ „ „ „ fig. 18. 19. Alimentary canal where the collateral intestine arises. 20. ., .„ ., .. „ ends. 21. „ „ opened, showing the aperture leading into the origin of the collateral intestine. 21 a. Transverse section through the intestine and coUatet-al intestine. 21 b. ,, „ „ ciliated groove. Plate 9. Fig. 22. [Drawn with the camera lucida.] Transverse section of the body on a level with the basal muscle of the setae. 23. [With camera lucida.] Transverse section of the body at the nerve bifurcation. 24. ,. ,. , ,, ,. ,. ,, showing the sinuses of the proboscis opening out as the ccelomic cavity. 25. [Drawn with the camera lucida.] Transverse section of the body where the segmental organs open interiorly and exteriorly. 2r). [Drawn with the camera lucida.] Transverse section through the prostomium. 27. Dissection of the buccal loop (" oesophageal loop ") of the nervous system. 28. Transverse section of the ventral nerve-cord. 29. Part of same, more highly magnified. 30. Longitudinal section of the nerve-cord. 31. Dorsal region of a trans, sect, through the ventral nerve-cord of Luinbricus. 32. „ „ „ „ „ •, „ E. unicinctus. Plate 10. Fig. 33. Piece of contracted anal vesicle. 34. Section through same. 35. Surface view of a contracted vesicle (carm. alum ; clarified in oil of cloves). 36. [Camera lucida drawing.] Trans, sect, of posterior end of the body, whei'c the anal vesicles open into the rectum. 37. [Camera lucida drawing.] Section of one fold of wall of rectum, anterior to the opening of the anal vesicles, showing the two kinds of tissue (stained in bulk with carm. alum). 38. Longitudinal section through a segmental organ with its openings. 39. E. unicinctus when first opened, with its viscera '• in situ," showing the distribution of the mesenteric strands. 40-43. Series of transverse sections through the body, showii'.g the radial arrangement of the mesenteric strands. The coelom gradually passes over into the sinuses of the proboscis. AFFINITIES OF KCHIUKUS LTNICINCTUS. 97 Reference Letters. a., anus. a.\ ") apertures between the vesicles and ar, J rectum. ap-\ exterior opening. up.', interior opening. c. (figs. 0, 25), cuticle. c, nerve-cells. c.b., buccal-nerve commissura. c.c , ciliated canal. c.d., dense l:;yer of cuticle. e.g., j;laud-cell. c.n., " neural canal." cr., crop. C.S., sensory cells. C.V., vacuolated layer of the cuticle. d; diverticula. . ^■> epidermal cell. <-■&; glandular epithelium. ep., epithelium. f; ciliated funnel. f-c, canal of funnel. fill., muscle-fibres. /«., nerve-fibres. y-> compound glands. ff.C, ciliated groove. gr.. granule-containing cells. (/.U., unicellular gland. g-=; gizzard. i.e., collateral intestine. I.S., s])iral lip. m.. mouth. m.h., basal muscle between the setoe. m c, circular muscle. m.l., longitudinal muscle. in.o., oblique muscle. n., ventral nerve-cord. lie., nuclei. ?«./., lateral nerve. nu., nucleus. o., ova. o. (fig. 21), aperture. (I.S., segmental organ (vcsi 3 .> 1 5 6 1 4 1 2 6 6 i; 4 6 18 1 I 12 Volu When Published. Price to the Public-. V. Part Part 1: Part VI. 1891. .. Part VII. 1891. . . Part VIII. 1892. . . Part IX. 1892. Part X. 1893. . Part XI. 1894. . VI. Part I. 1894. Part II. 1894. Part III. 1894. Part IV. 1896. Part V. I89(i. Part VI. 189(1. Part VII. 189(!. Part VIII. 1S97. VII. Part 1. lf>96. Part II. 1897. Part III. 1897. Part IV. 1898. Part V. 1898. Part VI. 1898. Part VII. 1899. Part VI II. 1899. Part IX. 1899. Part X. 1900. Part XI. 1900. VIII. Part 1. 1900. Part II. 1900. Part III. 19U0. 1 8 12 1 8 U 2 1 11 10 1 4 (I 1(1 8 12 2 d. 1. 1888 IL^ II. 1888 (I 6 Part III. 1889 1 7 (• Part IV. 1890 U 12 Part V. 1890 6 6 6 2 IL' (I (> 10 18 18 12 1 () 10 13 6 2 9 10 10 10 Price CO FellowB. 1 9 6 9 1 10 1 3 3 7 18 7 6 9 2 7 9 4 o 7 i3 9 13 9 15 4 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 6 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 ^^\^,IV' 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY.] [VOL. VIII. PART 4. THE THA NS ACTIO XS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. THE TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALANU. BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc. (N.Z.); ELS. Lond. RESEARCH FKLLOW, t'NIVERSITV OF EDINCUROH. J L () N I) O X I'RINTKI) Foil I'lIK l.rXXKAN SOCrKTV ItV lAVI.OK AMI. KKANCIS, KKI) I.ION COL'KT. Ff.KKT STREKT. SOLD AT TIIK SDCIETV's APARTMENTS. BITRIJNGTON-HOLISE. PICCABILLT, W AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., FATERNOSTER-ROW. Jlay 190]. 99 ] IV. The TeiTCstrial Isopoda of Now Zealand. By Charles Chilton, 31. A., D.Sc. {N.Z.); F.L.S. Loudon; Bt'searcli Fellow, Unicersity of Edinburgh. (Plates 11 16.) ■"I^HE first Terrestrial Isopoda described from New Zealand were those given by Dana * in 1853, in his account of the Crustacea collected by the United States Exploring Expedition ; in it he described and figured in considerable detail 7 species (includino- one doubtful one), all of them from the northern part of New Zealand. In 1865 one or two species were added by Heller f in the report on the Crustacea of the Novara Expedition. In 1870 Mr. E. J. Miers % comjiiled a Catalogue of the New Zealand Crustacea, and in connection therewith described some new species that were in the collections of the British Museum ; he added 5 species, and his catalogue contains altogether 12 species and one considered doubtful. During subsequent years a few species were added by JVIr. G. M. Thomson § and myself || , and all the species known were included in our " Critical List of the Crustacea Malacostraca of New Zealand." ^ In 1885 Budde-Lvmd ** published his " Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria," and added two new species and mentioned most of those previously described, but as he was unable to examine specimens he could give no additional information on them, and was obliged to leave several of them under the heading of "imcertain sjiecies." Four other new species were described and figured by Eilhol in 1885 in his " Mission de File Campbell," ff in which he also gave references to previously described species. In the present paper I endeavour to give a complete list of aU the New Zealand Terrestrial Isopoda at present known, with descriptions of the various species and figures where necessary. The material at my disposal consists chiefly of collections that I have accumulated since 1884. Besides sj)ecimens that I have collected myself, I have many from Mr. R,. Helms, formerly of Greymouth, Mr. J. McMahon, of Kenepuru, Mr. W. W. Smith, of Ashburton, Mr. S. H. Drew, of Waugauui, Mr. H, Suter and Mr. R. M. Laing, of Christchurch, and Mr. L. Hames, of Takapuua. Mr. G. M. Thomson has very kindly placed in my hands the whole of his collection, including * J. DaiKi : U. S. Exploring Expedition, Crustacea, vol. ii. pp. 713 et seqq (1853). t Cam. Heller : " Keise der Novara," Zoul. Bd. 2, pp. 134-130 (1865). X E. J. Miers: Annals &. Mag. iN'at. Hist. (ser. 4) xvii. pp. 'J.2b-'2,27 (1870); and Catalogue New Zealand Crustacea, pp. 94-102 (1870). § G. M. Thomson: Trans. N. Z. Inst. xi. p. 232 & p. 249 (1879); and Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. {ser. 0) xii. pp. 225-227 (1893). II C. Chilton : Trans. N. Z. Inst. xv. p. 73 & p. 149 (1883), & xviii. p. 159 (188(5). % Trans. N. Z. Inst, xviii. pp. 141-159 (1880). ** " Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria,"' Copenhagen (18t>5). tt " Mission de Tile Campbell,'' llecueil Mem. Acad. 8ci. (Venus) iii. part 2, pp. 439-446 (1885). SECOND SEKIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 16 100 DE. C. CHILTON ON THE the type specimens of some species described by him. Through the kindness of Professor F. Jeffrey Bell and Mr. R. I. Pocock, I have been able to examine type specimens of Miers' species in British Museum, and Monsieur Adrien Dollfus has sent me species from Europe that have heen most useful for comparison. To all these gentlemen I desire to record here my hearty thanks. Some of the work involved in the j)reparation of this paper was done in the Natural History Department of the University of Edinburgh, where Professor Cossar Ewart kindly gave me the use of a table, but a large part has heen done during vacations in the laboratory of the University College, Dundee, and I desire to record my thanks to Professor D'Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., for the facilities placed at my disposal, and for permission to make free use of the rich stores of Terrestrial Isopoda in the collections under his care, while to Dr. W. T. Caiman I am greatly indebted for much kind assist- ance during the progress of the work. I have, as far as possible, followed the classification and nomenclature adopted by Professor G. O. Sars in his fine work on the Crustacea of Norway, and have to thank him for sending me the parts hearing on the Isopoda. I have tried to give cill the references specially dealing with the New Zealand sjiecies, but in the case of species and senera that are also known from elsewhere, I have onlv 2,'iven one or two of the most important ; for the benefit of workers in New Zealand, where books of reference are few, I have given diagnoses of all the genera, taking these in most cases from Sars' work, and have also given short notes on the characters of the families. It will be seen that the Terrestrial Isopodan faima of New Zealand is fairly rich and varied, all the families but one being represented. I am able to give 27 species, belong- ing to 13 genera, of which only 8 or 4- are " uncertain species " ; for the sake of comparison it may be mentioned that in the last list of the Terrestrial Isopoda of the British Isles, as given by Canon Norman *, there are 20 species, belonging to 11 genera. Moreover, it is probable that the number of New Zealand species Avill hereafter be increased, especially when the North Island has been thoroughly searched, for at present the majority of my specimens are from the South Island, and only a few more or less haphazard collections have been made in the North Island. Of the outlying islands of New Zealand, I have only two species from Chatham Islands, and one from the Auckland Island. Three species are at present known from single sj)ecimens only, and two others have been found only in one locality and on a single occasion. In addition to the species given, specimens from ants' nests, probably belonging to Platyarthrus, were referred to by Mr. W. W. Smith, in a paper dealing with some New Zealand Ants, and were stated to have been sent to Europe with other collections from ants' nests. I have endeavoured to trace these specimens, but without success, and so far Mr. Smith has not been able to procure fresh specimens for me. The Terrestrial Isopoda are \i'ell worthy of study from the point of view of the geographical distribution of animals, and the facts of their distribution will be of great value for testing the correctness of the views as to the origin of the fauna of particular * Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, iii. pp. 70~7S. TEEEESTEIAL ISOI'ODA OF KEW ZKA l;.\ M). 101 countries and places, for they are strictly terrestrial animals, and as their youny are hatched in the incubatory pouch of the female, it seems unlikely that they could cross even comparatively narrow tracts of ocean, exeejjt by rare accidents, while a continuous range of high moimtains would also be a formidable liarrier. In the NeAV Zealand Journal of Science, vol. ii. (1884) p. 155, I have already called attention to the question, and have also jjointed out that their distribution in aoy given land-area may be to some extent influenced by floods in the rivers carrying logs with the Isopods attached to great distances, and have given the following instance where this a{)pears to have actually taken place. The sjiecies Aruiadillo regulosus {=Cub(n-i.s i-egnlostis, Miers) is common on logs and under the bark of trees in the bush, but I had not found it on the open Canterbury Plains except at one place, Eyreton, where I got numerous specimens under some logs that had been carted for firewood from the river Waimakariri, after having been washed down by the river for at least twenty miles, probably furtlier, from places Avhere the species was abundant. It seems likely that the Isopod had been washed down with the logs, for I found it only at that particular spot at Eyreton, and af tei- the logs had all been used it was no longer seen in that district. It would, therefore, be interesting if some facts could be given as to the distributiou of our Xew Zealaud species, especially of any that may l)e found in other countries. Unfortunately, however, so little is at present known of the Terrestrial Isopoda of Aiistralia aiul other lands of the soiithern seas, that little can as yet be said Avith certainty. Of the species, by far the greater part (18) are known only from New Zealand; two species, Porcellio scaher, Latr. and Armadillidlmn vulgare, Latr., are cosmopolitan, aud have probably been introduced by artificial means ; another species, Philoscia pubesceiis^ Dana, appears to be identical with a species found at the Cape of Good Hope and at the Seychelles ; Actcecia euehroa, Dana, is found in Tasmania as Avell as in New Zealand ; while Lie/id norfc-zcalandia', Dana, and Onisciis piincf.atns, Thomson, are reioresentcd in Tasmania l)y closely allied species, and Ti/los neozelaniaus is jn'obably equally closely related to T. sjnnidosus, Dana, from Tierra del Fuego. In the genus Trlchoiilscus it is rather difficult to make any comparison between the numerous species, but the genus is a very widely distributed one, and species are known from Tristan d'Acunha and Valparaiso *, and from the Straits of Magellan f . The genus Armadillo is represented in New Zealand by at least six S2)ecies, the greater number of the species of the genus occur in the tropical countries, and Budde-LundJ has pointed out that about half of them are frotn the islands and shores of the Pacific. Of the distribution and occurrence of the diff'erent species in New Zealand itself a little more can be said. Six species (i. e. lji[//a novce-zealandice, Tylos neozelaniciis, Scypliax oruatiis, Actcecia euehroa, Actcecia opihensis, and Scyphoniscus waitatensis) are * DoUfus : " Isopodes terrestres du 'Challenger,"' Socii'ti- d'Etudes Sdentifiques de I'liris, xii'^ Aniiei; (ISDO), p]). 5 & (separate oopj'). t Stebbing : Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, Part iii. p. SfiG. % Isopoda Tcrrestria, p. 16. 16* 102 DR. C. CHILTON ON THE littoral, being- found on or near the sea-beach, and probably Sctjphax (?) aiicklaiidUe should also be added to this list. Of these, LUjia noviC-zealandice is found all round the New Zealand coast, and is very abundant under stones or sea-weed, especially on rocky portions of the shore; Scyphax ornatus and Acicecia eiicJiroa are found on sandy beaches either on the surface or burying themselves a little in the sand about high water mark or a little lower ; Scijphax oruatus is probably abundant on all such beaches in the North Island, but in the South Island has, so fjir, been recorded from "VVestport only ; Ackecia euchroa is known from the south as well as the north, and is also found in Tasmania. The remaining littoral species have as yet been recorded each from one locality only. Of the more strictly terrestrial forms, leaving out of account the two cosmopolitan species PoreeUio scaher and Armadillklimn vulgare, and also Philoscla pubescens, which is found at the Cape of Good Hope and elsewhere, we have Onlscus ptmctatus, found in all pnrts of New Zealand ; ArinadUlo ambitiosns from all parts of the North Island, and from Kenepiu-u and Greymouth in the South Island, laut not known further south ; while, on the contrary, Armadillo rugnlosus and the three species of TricJioniscits are Avidely distribiited in the South Island, but as yet not recorded from the North, though in the case of Trlchoidsciis this is no doubt partly owing to their small size. Of the remaining species too little is known to justify any general remark. It may perhaps be well to mention here a few of what seem to be the more important points brought out in this paper. I have been able to settle, in Avliat I hope will be considered a satisfactory manner, uncertainties that have long existed with regard to several of Dana's descriptions, and in so doing to reduce to the rank of synonyms some species subsequently described (see Lkjla novce-zealandiiC, ScypJiax ornatns, PhUoscia piibescens. Armadillo speaiosus) : I establish a new family, Scyphacidce, corresponding mainly with Dana's subfamily Scyphacinw, Avhich had been ignored by most subsequent writers, and show that the imperfect development of the seventh pair of legs, which Dana had considered a character of the genus Scyphax, is merely an immature character which in this instance is retained till a later period of life than usual, and settle the question as to the relationship of Scyphax ornatus to Ackecia euchroa by showing that the only connection between them is that both have the same habit of living on sandy beaches. In the case of some of th(^ commoner species, I have had numerous sj^ecimens from many localities, and have thus been able to make some observations as to the variations that may be met with in these species. In most of the species there is to be found on the dactylus a specially long and peculiar seta which has characteristic forms in some, at any rate, of the genera. Schiodte figured this " dactylar seta " many years ago in Tltanethes * alhus, and Weber mentioned its presence in some species of Trichoniscus f , but I cannot find that any one has drawn special iittention to it, though in some cases it is rather noticeable, and together with the form of the dactylus itself, may be of use in readily identifying * Bidrag til den uuderjordiske Fauna (Copenhagen, 1849). t " Anatomisches iiber Triclioniscidon," Archiv fiii- ^likroskop. Anatomic, Bd. xis. p. 5S2. TEEEESTEIAL KSOl'ODA OP NEW ZEALAND. 103 he liemis. In Ligia the dactylar seta is luiln-cxnched aud slightly cluhhed at the end ; in TricIioniscK.s it divides into two brandies, each further subdividing into line filaments ; in S'ci/p/ioiiiscKS it divides similarly, though differing a little in detail ; in 2)/Ion it is rather short, unbranched, and has the distal iialf thicker and stippled-looking ; in Actiecia cuchroa it is somewhat similar ; while in Acta-cia (?) uplheus'ts it is larger and very distinct, and the stippled appearance of the distal portion looks under a high power as if it were caused by the distal portion, resembling a narrow circular brush with short hairs projecting all round it. It is sometimes lost in specially old aud large specimens, but with this exception is always to be found in the genera mentioned ; I cannot, however, find it at all in ScypJiax, Oiiiscm, Phlloscla, Armadillidinm, and Armaditlo. Beyond the suggestion that it is a tactile organ, I can give no iiiformation as to its function. A seta, probably aLso of a sensory nature, is found similarly situated in Asellus aquaticm and some other Isopods, and also in many Amphipods, but in these it is less prominent, and does not take such A'aried forms. In all the genera, and especially those Jiitherto imperfectly known, I have examined the mouth-organs in some detail ; an accurate knowledge of these will, I think, in time help us on to\vards a natural classitication of this group, for they seem to be much more constant than characters taken from the general shape of the body, from the uropoda, or even from the presence or absence of air-cavities in the pleopoda. It is true that we may get sudden variations in some of the mouth-parts, such as that I have described in the outer lobe of the first maxilla of Sci/phoniscus, or by Dollf us hi the inner lobe of the same maxilla in 3IcsarmmliIlo ; but these, occurring as they do in groups in which the mouth-parts are otherwise very constant, are probably to be looked upon as sudden variations or " sports " that have comj)aratively little value from a classificatory point of view. I give here a Table, based mainly on the mouth-parts, showing briefly what appear to be the more important characters of the various families : — A. ^landibles witli well-developed molar tubercle; inner lobe of 1st maxilla with three plumose bristles. I. Uropoda not concealed nnder pleon. a. Antenuffi with flagellum multiartieulate; eyes large; male organ double . . Ligiid.e. /;. Antcnnie with flagellum not more than G-jointed ; eyes small ; male organ single Tkicho.viscid.e. II. Uropoda concealed under pleon. a. Segments of pleon separate Tylid.e. b. First five segments of pleon coalesced Helleiud.k. B. Mandibles without distinct molar tubercle, its place being taken by a brush-like group of setae ; inner lobe of first maxilla with only two plumose bristles. I. Maxillipcdes with terminal joints of moderate size ; lamellar longer than masticatory lobe ScvpnyEiD^. II. Maxillipcdes with terminal joints small aud almost rudimentary, hardly longer than masticatory lobe. a, Uropoda more or less projecting ; animals not rolling into perfect ball . . Omscid.e. 104 UK- G. CHILTON OK THE c. Uropoda not projecting beyoud terminal segment ; animals rolling into perfect ball Akmadilliid^. While this table does not profess to be any very near approach to a natural classifi- cation of the Terrestrial Isopoda, it is probable that the two large divisions A and B do represent distinct groups in which development has proceeded on similar lines, in each case leading from animals living on the sea-shore within reach of the waves and breathing only very moist air, to others of pure terrestrial habits capable of breathing ordinary dry air, i. e. the Helleridae in the one case, and the Armadilliidte in the other. It is interesting to notice, too, how the protection affoi'ded by the animal's power of rolling itself up into a ball has been acquired in different groups that are certainly of independent origin, e. g. in the Tylidae, Hellerida?, Armadillidie, and to a less perfect degree in some of the Scyphacidse {e.g. Acttecia), and perhaps also in some of the Oniscida), and how similar is the general appearance of the body in each of these groups, though of course the detailed arrangements by which it is acquired vary. If we go beyond the Oniscoidea, we find a similar power of rolling into a ball and a somewhat similar external apj)earance in the Sphseromidte and, among the Myriapoda, in the Glonerida3. A tabular arrangement of the Oniscoidea, based on much the same characters as I have used, was given many years ago by Ulianin * ; his table, however, goes into greater detail and separates the genera, and imfortnnately it is in the Russian language f. For the benefit of those who may wish to identify their specimens without going to the trouble of dissecting out the mouth-parts, I give the following artificial key to the New Zealand genera, and a similar key to the species under each genus represented by more than one species : — A. Body convex ; animal capable of rolling into a l)all. I. Flagellum of antenna 2-joiuted. 1. Outer branch of uropoda large and terminal Armadillidium. 2. Outer branch of uropoda small, inserted on the inner side of the enlarged base. Armadillo. II. Flagellum of antenna with more than two joints. 1. Uropoda quite concealed beneath terminal segment Tylos. 2. Uropoda extending beyoud terminal segment and visible in dorsal view . . Actteciu. B. Body more or less flattened ; animal not capable of rolling into a ball. I. Flagellum of autenns many -jointed Lygia. II. Flagellum 2-jointed. 1. Side-plates of metasome large, cxpainled PorcelUo. 2. Side-plates of nietasome small, adpressed . Metoponort/ms. III. Flagellum with three to six joints. 1. Eyes large, crescent-shaped, of many ocelli Scyphax. 2. Eyes small, not more than three ocelli. a. Body with longitudinal ridges Huplophthalmus. * ' Crustacea Turkestriniii',' >St. Petersburg & Moscow, 1S75 (see Budde-Luuil, /. c. p. i'J.). t I liiive to thank Mr. H. A. Webster, Librarian, University of Edin))urgh, for translating a portion of Dlianin's work for me. TERRESTKIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 105 b. Jiody without lougitucliual ridges Trichoniscus. '.^. Eyes of moderate size, more than three ocelli. a. Pleon with lutcral expaiisious Onlscus. b. Pleon with lateral ex])ansions. i. Flagelluni much shorter than last joint of |i('(l[inek' Scyphoniscus. ii. Flagellum ahout as long as last joint of peduncle Philoscia. In tlie following- list 27 species are mentioned, bnt of these tliei-e are 4 which I have not seen, aud which must be considered as more or less uncertain, though one, Armadillo spinosHS, Dana, is in all pro1)ability a good species and distinct from the others given, and I have tliereforc included it in the artificial key to tlic species. I have not been able to do this with the other three species. List of Species. OXISCOIDEA. I. LlGIID^. 1. Ligia iwrte-zeahuidice, Dana. II. Trichoniscid/E. 2. Trichoniscits phormianus, sp. nov. 3. „ otakensis, sp. nov. 4. „ Thomsoni, Chilton. .5. Hnplophtluthims Helmsii, sp. nov. III. Tyli».e. 6. Tylo.s iieozelanicus, sp. nov. IV. SCYPHACID^. 7. Scyphiix urnalus, Dana. 8. „ (?) aucUandue, G. M. Thomson. 9. Scyphoniscus waitatensis, nov. gen. et sp. 10. Actcecia euchrou, Dana. 11. „ opihensh, sp. nov. V. OnISCID/E. 12. Oiiiscits ijdiictatus, G. M. Thomson. 13. ,, Leiieptirensis, sp. nov. II. ,, CooL'ii, Filhol {nut accn). 15. Pliilosciu ptibescens, Dana. 16. „ novce-zealanditey Filhol (^not seen). 17. Porcel/io sraher, Latreille. 18. y MctopoiKjrfhus pru'niosus, Brandt. VI. Akmadilliid.k. 19. ArmadUHdhiiii vulgare, Latreille. 20. Armadillo amljitiosi/s, Budde-Lund. 21. 22. 23. 24. .25. 26. 27. Dante, Heller. s-peciosus, Dana. rmpilosus, Miers. niunolinus, Dana {not seen) Handltoni, sp. nov. Marmahoni, sp. nov. sp/nosHs, Dana (not seen). Family I. LIGIID^. In this family the antennae have the flagellum multiarticulate, i. c. with more than six or seven joints, the mandible has a well-developed molar tubercle with triturjiting surface, the inner lobe of the first maxilla bears three plumose bristles, the terminal portion of the maxillipede is of moderate size and more or less distinctly divided into five joints, and the external male organ is double. The family contains scA^eral genera, the best known being Ligia, Liyidiuni, and Titaaethes. The genus Geoligia, Dollfus, appears to be very near to Ligia, but the only known species, G. Simoni, lives far away from the sea, while all the species of Ligia are found on the sea coast. 106 DE. C. CHILTON ON THE If Styloniscns maffcllanicus, Dana, belongs to Trichoniscus as Stehbing * tbinks, it is evident tbat tbc distinction between the Ligiidoe and the Trichoniscidge as regards the antennae breaks down, for in that species the antenna may have the tlagellum with as many as ten joints. Dollfus, when describing this species, had previously stated that Styloniscus, Dana, is very near to Ligidlmn, and differs from it only in the uropods, which want the long hairs characteristic of that genus t ; in making this statement, however, he may have had in his mind also the species Styloniscns (jracilis, Dana, in which the uropoda do resemble those of Ligldmm as Stcbbing has also pointed out, but it is doubtful whether this species is really congeneric with S. iiuujellaniciis. In any case the differences betM'een the Ligiidoe and the Trichoniscidfe are not great, and the existence of genera intermediate in characters is only what we may natiu'ally expect. Dana placed Styloniscus in his sub-family Scyphacina>, liut from Stebbing's description of the month-parts of ^S*. magelkmicus it is evident that that species at any rate cannot come under the family Scyphacida; as I have defined it further on. Genus 1. Ligia, Fabricius, 1798. Liy'ia, Bate & Westwood^ British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea, ii. p. 44.2 (1868). Ligia, Budde-Lundj Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria, p. 258 (1885). Liffia, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii., Isopoda, p. 155 (1899). The generic characters are given by Sars as follows : — " Body regularly oval, or oblong oval, moderately convex above, with the metasome not abruptly contracted ; last segment rather broad, with distinct epimeral plates. Eyes large and convex. Antennulse very small, with the last joint rudimentary, uodiform. Antennae rather strong and elongated. Mandibles with a ciliated lappet and numerous j)enicils behind the cutting part. Maxillipeds comparatively short and stout, with the terminal part rather expanded, epignath rounded. Legs gradually increasing in length posteriorly, dactylus distinctly bi-unguiculate. Opercular plate of pleopoda sub- branchial. Uropoda more or less elongated, basal part not produced inside, rami narrow, styliform, subequal, each with a single apical spine." This is the only genus of the family that is represented in New Zealand, and the single species, i. novce-zealamUcc, described below, agrees well with the characters of the genus as just quoted from Sars. It differs, however, from the characters of the family in that the two hairy bristles on the inner side of the second maxilla are wanting, and the terminal part of the maxillipeds, though showing distinct evidence of five joints, has the three joints preceding the terminal one united together into one plate with the sutures only partially indicated. The external male organs are considerably different from those of the typical species L. oceanica. In all these points L. cmstralicnsis, Dana, from Australia, closely resembles L. iiovce-zealandUv, and as these pecixliarities are probably shared by other species which like them are nevertheless true Ligice, it will be well to slightly modify the characters of the family as laid down by Sars in order that these species may be included. *■ i'roc. Zool. !5uc. I'JOo, p. 5{)G. t Mission du Cape Horn, Crustuces, p. 72. TERRESTRIAL TSOPOUA OF NEW ZEALAND, 107 1. LiGIA NOV/E-ZEALANDI/E. (I'l. 11. fig. 1.) Lijgia novi-zealandi(B , Daua, U.S. Explor. Expcrl. xiv. Crust, part ii. p. 7o9, pi. xlix. fig. 2 (1853). Liyia nov(B-seal undue, Miers, Cat. Crust, of New. Zealand, p. 103 (187(5). Ligia quadrata (Hutton, MS. Cat. X. Z. Crust.), G. .M. Thomson, Tran.'*. N. Z. Inst. xi. ]). 23:2, pi. x .\, figs. 4& 4a (1879). Ligia noKC-zeulandixc, Buckle-Lund, (^ni.stacea Isopoda Terrestria, p. 271 (188')). Ligia quadrata, Budde-Lund, /. c. p. 271 (1885). Ligia novce-zealandice, Filliol, Mission do Tile Campbell, p. 415 (1885). Ligia quadrata, Filliol, /. c. p. 415 (1885). Ligia neo-zelanica, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 157 (188U). Ligia quadrata, Thomson & Chilton, /. c. p. 157 (1880). Specific description^. — Body elongate oval, about twice as long as broad, rather convex; surface finely granular, sometimes with minute seta;, giving it a i)uuctate appearance. Outer antennae slender, minutely setose, two-thirds the length of the body ; fifth joint of peduncle as long as the third and fourth combined, flagellum fully twice as long as the fifth joint with about twenty joints. Eyes large, subquadrate, distinctly angled towards the middle line, facets very numerous and of small size. Vertex with a transverse depression just posterior to the angle of the eyes, interrupted in the middle. Posterior bordei- of the first and second segments of the mesosome transverse, not produced backwards at the lateral angles ; lateral angles of the remaining segments progressively more and more produced backward, those of the seventh segment reaching as far as the angle of the third segment of metasome. Side-plates (" epimera") large, distinctly marked off from the middle jiart of the segment by a longitudinal sulcus in the second, third, and fourth segments, the sulcus very iodistiuct in the remaining segments. Legs sj)inose, gi^adually increasing in length posteriorly, the first and second in the male having the carpus broadened, and the propodos and dactylus impinging against it to form a subchelate hand, the first being broader than the second ; in the female all the legs simple ; in each leg the dactyhts has a secondary slender nail about half the length of the terminal nail; at the base of the terminal nail arises on the outer side a long seta slightly clubbed at the end and reaching as far as the end of the terminal nail. Terminal segment of the metasome subquadrate, its lateral angles acute but not much produced, posterior margin regularly convex in the middle. Uropods with the peduncle subcylindrical, about half the length of metasome ; the two rami of nearly equal length, the outer often rather the shorter and more slender, both tapering, minutely setose, and with one or two apical setae. Colour : yellowish, closely speckled with black, givuig a greyish or slaty effect. Length about 12 mm., breadth about 5'5 mm. Habitat. — Very abundant on all the coasts of New Zealand, generally found under stones or seaweed about high-water mark, but sometimes extending a little further inland. It runs with great rapidity when disturbed. Remarks. — It is only after considerable hesitation that I have united Liyia qiuulrata, Thomson, with Lijgia noci-zealandice, Dana. When Mr. Thomson described his species he was acquainted with Dana's description, but found that it differed from his sjjecimens SECOND SEKIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 17 108 DK. 0. CHILTOX OX THE in some points tliat appeared very definite and well marlved, and lie therefore established for them the new species Ligia quadi-ata. All specimens subsequently examined, both by Mr. Thomson and myself, were found to agree with the characters as laid down for i. quadrata, and thus to differ from L. iiovi-zealandice, Dana, and hence in our " Critical List of the Crustacea Malacostraca of New Zealand," * under the heading Ligla novi- zealandUe, the remark is made " I do not know this species, G. M. T." The points in which Dana's description differed from our specimens are : — {(i) The surface of the thorax and abdomen " covered with very short hairs.'" {b) Base of caudal stylets " nearly as long as the abdomen." ((?) Branches of caudal stylets " qaite unequal " and the longer " hardly as long as the thorax." In none of the specimens that I have examined could the dorsal siu'face be said to be " covered with very short hairs," and Mr. Thomson tells me that no liairs are to be found in living specimens, which he has recently re-examined at my request, as I thought it just possible that the hairs might have got worn off in the spirit sj^ecimens tlaat I brought from New Zealand with me. I have been anxious to get for comparison specimens from the Bay of Islands, where Dana's tyjie specimens Avere obtained, and though I have not been successful in this, I have in Mr. Thomsoa's collection specimens from Waiwera, a locality nortii of Auckland and not very far remote from the Bay of Islands, and I find that these differ a little from our South Island specimens, and thougli I regard them as undoul)tedly the same species, they show some slight approach towards Dana's description. Thus the antennae are slightly longer and more slender and distinctly more hairy than in the typical specimens of Ligla quadrata, and the surface of the body when viewed with a higher power shows, especially at the edges of the segments, very minute little setfe which, though they scarcely project beyond the surface and are not deserving of the name of "very short hairs," must, I think, have given the appearance which Dana has thus described. In South Island specimens these minute points are much less marked but can occasionally be made out. The uropoda in the "Waiwera specimens are a little more slender than in South Island ones, but as in them the base is only about half as long as the abdomen, and I have not seen any in which the base is '* nearly as long as the abdomen," but it must be remembered that in young specimens with which Dana perliaps liad to deal the uropoda are considerably longer in proportion than in fully-grown specimens. The branches of the uroj)oda are again usually of nearly the same length, though the outer one is generally a little the shorter, and the variation in their relative lengths is pretty considerable, and specimens in which the difference was more marked than usual may have led Dana to describe them as " quite unequal." The longest branch is, however, always much shorter than the thorax, and I must regard Dana's statement that it is "hardly as long as the thorax" as an unintentional exaggeration or else a mistake for " hardly as long as the abdomen.''' In his " Catalogue of the New Zealand Crustacea," Miers refers specimens in the British Museum to Dana's species without any question beyond remarking that "the rami of the caudal aj^pendages are equal except in one specimen, where they are slightly * Trausiiotious New Zealand Institute, xvili. p. 157. TEEEESTEIAL ISOPODA OF >;EW ZEALAND. 109 unequal." When visiting the British Museum I found, however, that the speciniens are labelled " ? Ligia notce-zealandiai, Dana," and tliat, so far as can be seen in their dried and imperfect condition, they resemble my Waiwera specimens very closely, and thus differ from Dana's descriptions in the other characters that I have pointed out as well as in that of the rami of the uropoda. I have discussed this question at what will probably be tliought to be undue length, but I think that full reasons should always be given before one species is regarded as the synonym of another, and it is well to hesitate before venturing to dispute the accuracy of Dana's descriptions. As this species is the largest and one of the commonest of the Terrestrial Isopoda of New Zealand, and is, moreover, of a more generalized type than the others, it is deserving of close attention by any who wisli to study the group, and I therefore give here a fairly full accoimt of its external anatomy. I do not propose to consider its internal anatomv, tliough it would no doubt repay careful consideration; indeed, I do not know that the intenial anatomy of any species of the genus has yet been worked out in detail, thoun-h many yeai-s ago Lereboiillet published an excellent paper on a species of the closely allied genus Ligid'mm *, and Max Weber has more recently given a more minute account of the anatomy of some species of the family TrlchoitiscicUc which comes close to the Ligiidce f . Detailed Description of Ligia nov;e-zealandia^. (PI. 11.) The size is naturally subject to some variatioii, but all the specimens that I have seen are considerably smaller than fully-grown specimens of L. oceaiiica. The following measurements may be taken as about the average : — length of body 12 mm. ; greatest breadth 6 mm. ; length of mesosome 7'5 mm. ; of metasome J< mm ; of antennic 10 mm. ; of uropoda 5 mm. (base 2 mm., rami 3 mm.). The head is oval, about three times as broad as long, the anterior margin regularly convex and without lateral lobes ; the eyes are large and occupy nearly the Avhole of the lateral margins, their anterior and posterior sides meeting at a distinct angle; the facets are small and very numerous. The surface of the head shows a transverse depression, interrupted in the middle, just posterior to this angle of the eyes. The first segment of the mesosome is about as long as the head. Its epimeral portions extend anteriorlv about to the middle of the lateral margins of the head, tlie suture marking them off from the central portion being indistinctly marked in posterior pai't of the segment only ; the posterior margin straight ; the second and third segments similar but a little longer than the fii'st ; the fourth segment the widest, its posterior margin slightly concave, and lateral angles a little produced backwards ; fifth, sixth, and seventh segments gradually narrowing; lateral angles aciite and more and more produced backwards, those of the seventh segment reaching nearly to the postero-lateral angles of * "Memoire siir la Ligidie de Persoon {Li(j{dium Persooni, Brandt)," Ann. d. Sciences Nat., Seconde Sc^rie, tome XX. pp. ] 03-141', PI. 4 & .5. t " Anatomisches iiber Trichonisciden," Archiv f. Mikroskop. Anatomic, lid. xix. pp. 570-048, Tab. xxviii.-xxix. 17* 110 DK. C. CHILTON ON THE the third segment of metasome. The sutures dividing the epimera from the central portions are fairly evident in the second, third, and fourth segments, but are indistinct in the fifth, sixth, and seventh ; in some specimens they are indistinctly marked in the fifth segment also, and the distinctness of the sutures is, I think, a character that is subject to considerable variation, though Dollfus has established a nevr genus Geoligia differing from Ligia only in having the epimera not distinct for a species, G. Slmoni, found in the forests of Venezuela at an altitude of 1200 metres *. The metasome is considerably narrower than the mesosome, the first and second segments small and withoiit distinct epimeral projections, third, fourth, and fifth segments subequal with well-developed epimera, lateral angles acutely produced backwards, those of the fifth segment reaching very nearly to the postero-lateral angle of the sixth segment ; sixth segment with its posterior margin deeply hollowed on each side for the base of the uropoda, its central part regularly convex. Surface of whole body slightly granular and with a few irregulai-ities, showdng under a high power, especially at the sides, very minute set;ie which scarcely project beyond the surface. The antennul(e consist of the usual three joints, the first much the broadest, second nearly as long as the first but narrower, the third very small, rounded at the end ; a few minute setfe are present, chiefly on the second joint, but no " sensory setye " were observed. The autemxp are repi'esented in PL 11. fig. 1 u.'- : the first three joints are subequal, short, nearly as broad as long, the fourth joint shorten than the fifth but broader ; flagellum about as long as the last three joints of tlie peduncle together ; in the fig. «.-, taken from a specimen 12 mm. in length, the flagellum is composed of fifteen joints, but it may contain a greater or less number, Thomson says "flagellum 16- to 23-jointed." There are numerous short and rather stout set;e oa the last three joints of the peduncle, and finer setfe on each joint of the flagellum. In the South Island specimens these latter are usually shorter than the breadth of the joint from which they spring, but in the Waiwera specimens they are fully as long as the joint is wide, or may even slightly exceed this length. The mouth-parts are w^ell developed and of a more generalized type tban in most other Terrestrial Isopoda. The upper lip calls for no special remark ; it is rounded, wdth a very shallow emargination at its extremity, and provided with numerous sliort seta? in the usual manner. The mandibles are strong and of the same general shape as in Ligia oceamca ; in the right mandible the outer cutting-edge is formed of four stout teeth ; the accessory appendage is slender, bends abruptly about the middle, and on its inner side is prolonged into a slender acutely-pointed process ; its terminal part is nearly transparent, and its basal part appears very pale brown and is evidently much less highly chitinized than the corresponding part in the left mandible ; Ijetvveen this accessory appendage and the molar tubercle is a soft membranous lobe, rounded at the end and thickly covered with seta}, tho.se along its inner margin being longest and plumose; molar tubercle strong, curving iuAvards, its truncate extremity covered with closely-set rows of short, stout seta?. * " Voyage de M. K Simon au A'enezuola," Ann. Societe entom. dc Franco, vol. Ixii. (IbO^), p. 3-13. TEREESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. Ill The left mandible has the outer cutting-edge of four teeth much as in the right, but the accessory appendage is much stouter, thick and dark brown similar to the outer cutting- edge ; it ends in several stout teeth, of which tlie outer one is the longest and strongest, and is followed by two short double teeth ; the membranous lobe and the molar tubercle are similar to those of the right mandible. The loiccr lip consists of two broad lobes somewhat widely separated, with the ex- tremities broadly rounded and thickly covered with short setae, most of which are directed inwards. Thejirst maxillcB are practically the same in form as tliose of Ligia oceanica, the outer lobe being stout, longer than the inner, and provided at its extremity with about eight strongly-curved setae, those to the outer side being the longest and stoutest. The inner lobe is more delicate, apparently membranous ; its extremity appears concave on its inner side, and it bears the three characteristic plumed setae, the distal one being very short and the proximal one the longest. The second maxillcs are stoutly formed, oblong in shape, about two and a half times as long as broad, the extremity irregularly rounded, its inner half and the distal portion of the inner margin fringed with sette ; there is also an oblique row of setae on the surface of the maxilla near the end ; the outer margin bears fine setae towards the base, the more distal portion being apparently free. I can find no trace of the two plumose setae which are found in Ligia oceanica towards the end of the inner margin, and the division into two lobes, which is partially indicated in Ligia oceanica and other species, is not recogniz- able at all in the present species. The maxiUipedes also show rather more coalescence of the different parts than those of Ligia oceanica ; the first joint {coxa) is short and very broad, and the exopodite arising from it is short, subtriangular, rounded at the end, and its free margins fringed wdth setae ; its articulation with the bases is oblique, extending further distally on the anterior (upper) surface than on the posterior, the extremity of the coxa being strongly convex on the anterior surface but straight on the posterior ; the next joint [hasos) is nearly oblong, fully two-thirds as broad as long, its outer margin slightly convex and bearing a fringe of fine setae ; the inner margin is straight, and is bent inwards (i. e. upicavds, in the usual position of the mouth-parts) to form a piece at right angles to the outer surface of the maxillipedes ; this is thickly covered m ith short tine setae, and narrows distally where it extends on to the masticatory lobe, which is formed ])y a prolongation of the inner part of the basos ; the masticatory lobe is truncate distally, and bears there two stout teeth and many finer setae. The terminal portion of the eudopodite ('' palp 'j shows indications of being formed of five segments, of which only the first and last are completely separated from the others, the second, third, and fourth being coalesced into a flat plate w ith the lines of sutvire visible towards the inner side only ; on the outer side the extremity of each joint is marked by one or two stout sette, the rounded inner margins of the last ibur segments are thickly covered with short setae. Fig. mxp* shows the maxillipede from its anterior aspect, i. e. that next to the second maxilla, and from this point of view the conuectioji of the masticatory lobe with the basos can be clearly made out ; w hen seen from the posterior (fig. uoxp.) the junction of the basos with the 112 DR. C. CHILTON OX THE succeeding joint extends right across to tlie inner margin and makes the masticatory lobe appear separated from the hasos though it is directly continuous with it on the anterior surface. The Jirst fair of logs differ considerably in the two sexes. In the female (PI. 11. fig. \f} $ ) the appendage is similar to the succeeding pairs, though rather shorter; the basos is somewhat oblong, and bears a few stout seta3 on its upper or inner side at the distal end ; the lower or outer surface has a slightly hollowed depression, into Avhich the more distal joints of the limb rest when they are bent back upon the basos, as they are in the usual position of the legs. Tlie shape of the other joints and the arrangement of the seta? on them can be readily made out from the figure : the propodos is cylindrical, much narrower than tlie carpus, and lias on its inner margin a regular row of about six short setae ; tlie dactylus is somewhat slender, and has the basal portion covered, especially on the outer side, with short fine setae and a few spiniform ones ; the terminal portion forms a strong, curved nail with margins regularly curved and without setie; the accessory nail is about half as long as the tei'minal one and much more slender ; at the base of the terminal nail arises from the outer margin a long, well-marked seta about as long as the terminal nail, but usually curved backwards and having a slight club-like swelling towards its extremity. These points, with regard to the dactylus, are repre- sented in PL 11. fig. 1 p? $ *, which shows the extremity of the seventh pair of legs, but with very slight modification the figure and description apply to all the pairs. In the male tlie first pair of legs is nuich stouter than in the female, tlie meros is larger and more triangular, Avhile the carpus is ovoid, being much expanded on the inner side, and against it the joropodos and dactylus closely impinge and form a powerful subchelate band ; the propodos is stout and slightly curved, and the dactylus rather stouter and shorter than in the female. Tiie general appearance of this appendage in the male is very like that of one of the guathopoda of an amphipod, or like the first pair of legs in Fhreaioicus, but in these the subchelate hand is formed by the dactylus impinging against the enlarged and swollen propodos, while in the present species the jn-opodos and dactylus together impinge against the enlarged carjius. The second jjair of legs in the female is quite similar in form and size to the first. In the inale it has the form of a subchelate hand like the first pair, but the carpus is much narrower and its inner edge, which forms the palm, is not so convex. The third pair of legs in the, female is quite similar to the j)receding pairs in form, but is usually a trifle longer; in the mcde it may have the carpus very slightly expanded, as in the first and second pairs, but more generally it has nothing of the gnathopod form and is almost identical with the corresponding appendages of the female. The succeeding pairs of legs in both sexes are gressorial and similar to one another in "•eneral form, but there is a gradual increase in length and sleuderness as we pass to the seventh pair. In all there is the smooth, slightly concave depression on the basos against which the other joints impinge, and the dactylus always bears the characteristic clubbed seta already described, though in spirit specimens this may sometimes be lost, moi-e frequently so in older and larger forms. The seceiith leg is represented in PI. 11. fig. 1 p." ? , and it is scai'cely necessary to give a detailed description of it. TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 113 The pleopoda present the usual features, and all consist of a short basal portion or protopoclite, from ^vhich spring the endopodite and exopodite ; of these the endopodite is entirely branchial and has its margins perfectly free from seta), while the exopodite; appears to be mainly opercular and usually has its margins more or less fringed with plumose sette. It will be convenient to descril)e the [jleopoda of the female first, aud then to point out the special modifications in the male. The first j)^coj)od has the protopodite short and Iji'oad, rouglily rectaiignkir l)ut narrowing a little externally ; on the outer side it bears a small rounded appendage with margins free from setae, which appears distinct from the rest of the protopodite though not distinctly separated by any suture or articulation. This appendage, which is found on the first and second pleopoda of both sexes, is perha})s to be looked upon as an " epi- podite" ; it will, at any rate, be convenient to refer to it by this name. The exopodite issubovalin shape and much larger than the endopodite ; its margin bears a few irregular plumose setae. The second ijleopod of the female closely resembles the first, but is slightly larger ; from the centre of the sternal plate of the segment is a small subtriangular projection, truncate at the extremity ; the epipodite is longer, more pointed at the end, and bears numerous finely -plumose seta?. The third, fourth, and ffth jilcojwda nrt' n\\ similar in form, but each a little larger than the preceding one. PL 11. fig. 1 j^Z/j.'* c3' shows the third pleopod of a male specimen, but will serve almost equally well for that of a female ; from the centre of the sternal plate of the segment arises an oval projection, which is produced distally to a fine point ; there is no trace of the ejiipodite, but on the inner side the protopodite is pi'oduced into a triangular acutely -pointed process the margins of which bear several jdumose setae ; the exopodite is much larger than the endopodite, and is distinctly opercular in structure and has the margins regularly fringed with long plumose hairs ; the fourth and fifth pleopods are similar, but as we proceed posteriorly the endopodites, being less covered by succeeding appendages, become more strongly chitinized and more abundantly su2>plied with stellate pigment cells, the fifth one naturally most so, as it is completely exposed. In the male the first and second pleopoda are specially modified for the purjjosc of coptilation. In the first pair the pleopod itself is not very different from that of the female, though the exopodite is rather larger and the endopodite is more pointed at the apex, but it is closely associated with the external male organ, which no douht spriu"'s from the last segment of the mesosome but is adherent to the pi"Otoj)odite of the pleopod and in dissection always comes away with it ; it forms a long, narrow process, slightlv narrowed and curved outwards at the end ; this is grooved throughout its whole len"th on the posterior side, aud during life is closely ])re'ised against the anterior side of the long process formed by the endopodite of the second pleojjod, and with it forms a tube for the passage of the semen. In the second pleopod of the male the protopodite and the exopodite present little modification, but the whole of the endopodite is specially modified ; it forms a 2-jointed penial appendage, strongly chitinized throughout, much more so than the male oi'gan proper already described ; the first joint is short, lies transversely, and is moved by 114 DR. C. CHILTON ON THE powerful muscles ; the second is long, semicylindrical, narrowing and curving outwards at the extremity, which hears numerous fine short setfe with points directed away from the apex ; the anterior aspect shows a well-marked groove, from the sides of which near the middle numerous seta) project inwards towards the groove and appear to be for the purpose of holding the male organ against this appendage and keeping it firmly in its place; they probably do so by interlocking with similar setie on the male organ itself, though these cannot be well made out. The nrojwda are of the usual form, the basal portion irregularly cylindrical and some- what twisted so that when detached it is difficult to get it to lie in its natural position ; the outer ramus slightly narrower than the inner, but usually nearly or quite as long; it bears two long setae at the apex, shorter setae being usually present on the inner branch ; surface of base and rami covered with fine short setiie, giving it a roughened appearance. Family II. TKICHONISCID^. This family was established by Sars for Trichoniscus and a few other genera that had previously been classed under the Ligiidse. It is closely related to that family, l)ut may be recognized from it by the fact that the flagellum of the antenna has only a few joints (not more than six or seven) ; the eggs are small, and contain only a few ocelli (usually three), and the external male organ is single. The animals are usually small and live in damp situations, none of the pleopoda being jirovided with air-cavities. Two genera of this family — i. e., Trichoniscus and Haplufihthalmus — are represented in New Zealand. Genus 1. Tkichoniscus, Brandt. (PI. 12. figs. 1 & 2, and PI. 13. fig. 1.) Trichoniscus, Braudt, Conspectus Crust. Oniscodorum, p. 12 (Bull. Soc. Moscou, vi. p. 174) (1833). Pkilouffria, Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust, ii. p. 454 (1868). TrichoniscHS, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Tcrrestria, p. 243 (1885). Trichoniscus, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 160 (1898). Trichoniscus, Stabbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, p. 565 (1900). Generic Characters. — Body more or less oblong, attenuated behind. Cephalon rounded in front, with small though distinct lateral lobes. Side-i^lates of the three posterior segments of mesosome more prominent than those of the four preceding segments. Metasome abruptly contracted, with the epimeral plates of the two anterior segments not concealed ; last segment narrowly truncate at the tip and slightly emarginate on each side. Eye small but distinct, consi.sting of only three visual elements imbedded in a dark pigment. Antennulse Avith the first joint rather large and curved, last joint generally longer than the second. Antennae everywhei'e clothed with small appressed spikes ; flagellum much shorter than the peduncle and gradually tapering distally. Oral parts considerably prolonged, giving the buccal mass a pronouncedly conical form. Left mandible with two, right with only a single penicii l)ehind the cutting-part. Maxil- lipeds with the distal joint of the basal part rather large, and forming at the end outside a broad lamellar expansion finely ciliated at the edge ; terminal part lanceolate, with the TEEEESTEIAL ISOPODA OF KEW ZEALAND. 115 outer four joints confluent; masticatory lohe nearly as large as the terminal part, and terminating in a narrow, finely-ciliated lash ; epignath ol)long-linguiform, with a rounded expansion at the hase. Legs of moderate size, slightly increasing in length posteriorly ; outer joints extremely spinous. Inner plate of first pair of pleojwda in male greatly produced, hiarticnlate ; that of the second pair of diiferent structure in the different species. Uropoda with the basal part rather broad and flattened, both rami terminating in a pencil of delicate hairs. [Sars, /. c. pp. 160-161.] Key to Spraies-. 1. Dorsal surface and imtcnna; with distinct tliou^li irregular tuljorcles T. otakensis. 2. Dorsal surface smootli or nearly so. a. Surface with scattered longisli set;e. Animal small (I mm.) 7'. phormianus. h. Surface without scattered sette. Animal large (7 mm.) . . T. Thomsoni. 1. TlllCUONlSCUS PHORMIANUS, .sp. nov. (PI. 12. ttg. 1.) Philougria rosea, Chilton, Trans. N. Z. lust. xv. p. 11!) & p. 7o (iu part) (188,3) \_aot of Koch]. Philougriu rosea, Pilhol, Mission de I'ile Campbell, p. 13!) (in part) (1885). Philijgria rosea, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. .wiii. p. l."J7 (in part) (188Gj. Specific Description. — Male not differing markedly from the female iu the general shape of the body. Body oblong-oval, about two and a half times as long as broad. Dorsal surface not very convex, smooth, or with a few small granulations and irregu- larities ; cephalou and each segment of the mesosoine with a few scattered, rather long, stout setfB, which are irregularly arranged and extend more or less over the Avhole surface, but are most readily seen at the sides, especially in the anterior segments; on the metasome there are few or none ; these seta^ readily break off iu spirit specimens. Cephalou transversely oval, lateral lobes small, front slightly convex. Segments of the mesosome of the usual form, the last three Avith the posterior angles recurved aud acuminate. Metasome about one-quarter the length of the body, ratlier narrow ; first two segments short, epimeral plates of the next three small and appresscd ; last segment with the terminal expansion rather broad, the posterior margin straight or slightly convex, and bearing three or four small sette. Antenmc a little less than one-third the length of the body, rather slender, with long setai at the extremities of the second, third, and fourth joints and along the inner margin of the fifth ; these may arise from slight prominences, but the inner margin of the fifth joint does not bear the distinct tubercles found in the next species ; outer margin of the joint straight, with short fine seta; ; fiagellum as long as the fifth joint, of four joints (sometimes only three), pencil of hairs at extremity long. Uropoda long, outer branch more than twice as long as the base, conical, narrowing to apex ; inner branch nearly as long, but much narroAver throughout and tapering very gradually to the apex ; both covered with small appresscd sctui and Avith long seta' at apex. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 18 116 DR. C. CHILTOX OX THE Colour light broAA'n, with irregular marblings of a darker brown. Size about 4 mm. Hdbitat. — Very common all over Canterbury, frequently found on the dead decaying leaves of the New Zealand flax (Fhormium), and always in damp situations. Also from Dunedin, Kenepuru, Greymoixth. Remarks. — The separation of the New Zealand species of Trichoniscm presents considerable difficulty, and it is quite possible that some modification may have to be made in the division I am here adopting, though it is the best I can make with the material now at my command. The present species was originally confused by me with T. otakensis, and both referred to Philougria rosea, Koch. Furtlaer investigation has shown that I was dealing with two species, and tliat though each presents considerable resemblances to Philougria rosea, Koch, neither can be considered as identical with that species. The species now under consideration appears to be distinguished from the next species, T. otakensis, by the smoother surface of the body, the more slender and smoother antennye, the presence of stout sette on the surface, and by the fact that the male and female are aj^proximately of the same general shape. The stout setae on the cephalon and mesosome are very characteristic, but they readily fall off in sjiirit specimens, and confusion may thereby be introduced. Some of my specimens are now so free from all trace of these setse that I have sometimes been inclined to think that there must be a form destitute of setie. On the other hand, I have specimens from Kenepuru collected by Mr. MacMahon in which the setse are still present ; they are rather more numerous and shorter than in Canterbury specimens, and the surface is more uneven and tuberculated ; it is possible that these specimens will require a separate sjjecies to be established for their reception, but in the meantime I prefer to regard tliem merely as a variety of T. j)hor)uiaiius. The mouth-parts show such a close general resemblance to those of other species of the genus, such as T. rosens, that I have not given figures of them. The mandibles and first and second maxillse present the usual characters ; in the maxillipedes the articulation between the coxa and basos is oblique from the external to the internal face like that already described in Ligixi iiovce-zealandice ; the masticatory lobe into which the basos is prolonged is shorter than the palp, and bears at the end a sepai'ate conical portion, thickly covered with fine seta? arranged radially and produced distally into the short terminal lash ; in these points this species appears to agree closely with Trichoniscus Leydigii as figured and described by Max Weber *. The seven pairs of legs present no feature of special importance, and I have not observed that any of them are specially modified in the male. The dactylar seta is long and extends fully to the end of the dactylus ; at about the middle of its length it divides into two branches, the outer one the thicker, l)otli further subdividina: into numerous very fine hairs. In the female the first pleopod is very like that of T. ptisillus figured by Sars, but the * L. c. p. (51(3, pi. xxviii. fig. 18. TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 117 enclopotlite is larger in comparison -witli the exopodite. In the second pleopod tlio endopodite is narrow and projects consideral^ly l)eYond the exopodite. In l)oth pairs there is a lateral expansion of the protopodite corresponding to tlie "epipodite" described in Ligid iiovte-zeulandicB. The remaining pleopcjda are of th is narrow, subtriangular, and ends in a very long, narrow, chitinous, styliform process whicli tajjcrs gradually to the very acute apex. In the second pleopod (fig. ^j//;.-) the endopodite is modified into a 3-jointed penial appendage, strong and higidy chitinised; it is of nearly the same breadth throughout except at the extremity, where it narrows abruptly and ends acutely. 2. Trichoniscus otakensis, sp. nov. (PI. 12. fig. 2.) Philoitgria rosea, Cfiifton, Trans. N. Z. lust. xv. |). 14i), unci p. 7?, (in part) (18). Specific description. — Male and female differing in the shape of the body. Female. — Body oblong oval, 2\ times as long as broad; whole dorsal surface thickly covered with irregular, densely crowded, roughish tubercles. Cephalon Avith the lateral lobes fairly large ; margins with two or three setae, but hardly denticulate ; front slightly convex. Segments of mesosonie slightly separated laterally ; first four segments with the lateral angles rounded, the last three with the postero-lateral angles recurved and acuminate. Metasome rather less than one-fourth the length of the body ; last segment. with its posterior margin straight and bearing three or four small setse. Antennae rather stout ; fourth joint of j^eduucle stout; fifth joint narrowed at base and expanding slightly distally, its inner margin with four or five distinct prominences, from wiiicli short stout setae may arise ; outer margin straight, fringed with fine setae ; flagellum nearly as long as the last joint of peduncle, composed of four joints. Uropoda rather short, stouter than in T. phormiamts ; outer ramus twice as long as the base. Male. — Much narrower than the female, the greatest breadth less than one-third the length ; none of the legs specially modified. Colour light brown, with markings of darker brown. Length about 4 mm. Habitat. — Widely distributed throughout the South Island, N. Z., in damp situations. Memarks. — This species closely resembles the preceding one in most respects, but can be readily distinguished from it by the tuberculatcd surface, the stouter antennae and uropoda, and, in the male, by the narrow form of the body. The mouth-parts, legs, and pleopoda (including those specially modified in the male) closely resemble those of T. phormianus and do not call for special description. I have a few specimens from Greymouth, collected by Mr. R. Helms, that I refer to this species with some hesitation. The specimens, which appear to be all females, are of sHghtly larger size, and have the body broader and more compact than in the typical 18* 118 DK. C. CHILTON ON THK forms; the tuhercles l)oth on the body and on the antenu;e are particularly well marked, and, in some specimens at any rate, the flagellum of the auteunge contains five joints. 3. Trichonisctjs Thomsoni, Chilton. (PI. 13. fig. 1-) Philygria Thomsoni, Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Tnst. xviii. p. 159, pi. v. figs. 1-6 (1886). Specific description. — Oblong oval, greatest breadth fully half the length, fairly convex, surface quite smooth. Cephalon short, transverse, more than twice as broad as long ; lateral lobes small, not visible in dorsal view, front slightly convex, a slight transverse depression a little anterior to the eyes, and an oblique depression starting near the median line between the eyes and extending backwards and outwards. Epiraera largely developed, those of the first segment of mesosome produced anteriorly into rounded lobes enclosing fully one-half of the cephalon, those of the second and third segments with the posterioi- angles rectangular, those of the fourth to seventh segments recurved and acuminate in progressive degree, those of the seventh i^eaching as far back as the posterior border of the fourth segment of metasome. Metasome much narrower than last segment of mesosome ; third, fourth and fifth segments with fairly-developed but closely-appressed epimera ; last segment with posterior border straight and bearing three or foiu' small setse. Anteunre slender, fourth joint of peduncle nearly as long as the fifth and slightly broader, all covered with fine setae ; one or two longer ones at the extremities of the second, third and fourth joints ; flagellum about as long as the last joint of peduncle, of at least five joints ; articulations between the more distal joints very indistinct. Legs rather long, increasing considerably in length posteriorly, very spiny. Dactylar seta large and well developed, dividing into two branches, each of which subdivides in many fine hairs. Uropoda rather long, about two-thirds the length of metasome ; outer ramus much the stouter, elongate, conical in outline ; inner three-fourths the length of the outer, cylindrical, tapering very gradually, i)oth eadiug in a few settle. Colour a light brown, with the greater part of the body covered with markings of a much darker brown, sometimes nearly black ; legs with irregular alternate markings of light and dark brown. Length about 7 mm. Habitat. — Widely distributed over the whole of the South Island. Memarks. — This species can usually be recognised by the wide body with greatly developed epimera, by the smooth, almost shining appearance of the dorsal surface, and by the five joints in the flagellum of the antenna. In smaller specimens, however, the epimera are not so much expanded, and the articulation in the flagellum may be A^ery indistinct and identification is the more difficult. Though a tru^e Trichoniscus in the mouth-parts, metasome, &c., the general outline is more suggestive of an Oniscus or Forcellis. The mouth-parts closely resemble those of the preceding species. The pleopoda also are very similar, except that in the second pleopod the endopodite is more elongate in the female, and in the male the penial appendage formed by it is of a slightly different shape. TEREESTEIAL LSOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 11!) Genus 2. Haplophthalmus, Scliobl. (1860). Haplophthnhims, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 10(i (1899). Goiicvlc characters.—^' Body ohlont;'. moderatoly convex, sciilptuvcrl dorsally Avitli morp or loss distinct longitudinal r-ilts, Ceplialon with tlio front triangularly produced, tlioiigh scarcely defined fi'om the ejiistome ; lateral lobes i-ather large. Side plates of mesosome lamellarly expanded, discontiguous. Metasorae not abruptly contracted, epimeral plates of the two anterior segments small, those of the three succeeding ones well developed, laminar; last segment of a similar shape to that in the two preceding genera [Trichoiiiscus and Trichoniscoides\. Eyes very small, simple, subdorsal. AntennuUiR and antenna? much as in Trichou/sciis. Oral ])arts likev/ise rather similar, except that the terminal part of the maxillipedes is obscurely 5-articulate, and the epignath simple, lanceolate. Legs short and thick, scarcely at all increasing in length posteriorly. First pair of pleopoda in female very small and rudimentary ; those in the male well developed, with the inner ramus strongly produced, biarticulate, terminal joint spiniform ; inner ramus of second pair in male likewise produced, triarticulate, last joint narrow, styliform. Uropoda with the inner ramus originating inside a broad expansion of the basal j^ai't, and terminating, as in the genus Trichonisco'ules, in a single slender spine." [Sars, I. c. p. 166.] The genus is represented in New Zealand by the following species only : — 1. Haplophthalmus Helmsii, sp. nov. (Plate 12. fig. 3.) Specific description. — Oblong-oval, about twice as long as broad ; strongly convex, the central portion being raised somewhat abruptly above the epimeral portions; epimera well developed and somew^iat wddely separated. Cephalon with the lateral lobes large ; on the dorsal surface between the eyes are two rather large, rounded, roughened tubercles ; surface in front of tliese sloping, rough and uneven : front bhmtly triangular. All the segments of the mesosome bear at the outer border of the central poi'tion a I'aised rounded ridge ; posteriorly this becomes more marked, and on the seventh segment the ridges end in two well-marked tubercles projecting backwards a little over the metasome ; on the fourth anterior segments of the mesosome there is on each side a smaller and less-marked ridge internal to the one already described and parallel to it. Metasome rather small, not quite one- fourth the length of the body ; first three segments short and without epimeral expansions, fourth and fifth segments longer and with well-developed epimera ; last segment very short, more than twice as broad as long, posterior border sti'aiijht. Siu-face of metasome rough like tliat of the wliole body but without distinct rido-es or tubercles. Antennse short, not quite one-fourth the length of the body, rather stout ; fourth segment of peduncle a little expanded, shorter than the fifth, which is narrowed at base, all with appressed scales and a few short setae, one or two longer setae on the fifth joint ; ilagellum as long as the fourth joint of peduncle, of three joints, ending in a pencil of long hairs. Legs of tlie usual character, short and rather stout, not visible in dorsal view; dactylar 1^> DB- C. X ox THE ^rv s£iOr; ;-?e C bv R. Helm? ro This fami^ asrees witli tise Uk ' im ijaTiiis a wdl- :jie imier lobe oi ii>e ik^ -iiieia of tJie ^esegid to seTiaiiii se^sneiis c»f lie T»tsiai!3e az^ quiic di3iojiti y - -1 iirsi - - - ' ■ ' ' - - _ . ' ' ^1/^ ijexi tij-ee Sr-irrDtsus "sriii - _ .._,.d; -js of ia>i lirree sesments simiiir in sbsjt, iilt iar^eT. and iaiereasing in aae :1t: aH cieai-T markid of frcan ligir siinnr-xs_ Lasn siesiiiE32i of i3ie:: : _„ TEERESTKIAL ISOPODA OF NEA\^ ZEALA]!^©, 121 quadrangular; surface convex and a little uneven, Avith depressed line parallel to hinder margin ; posterior margin slightly convex and fitting evenly into the space between the rather small side-plates of the fifth segment. Eyes rather large, convex, with about 40 ocelli. .Vntennula? apparently 1-jointed and immobile. Antennte reaching to jjosterior border of the first segment of mesosome, last joint of peduncle jibout twice as long as the fourth and as long as the fiagellum ; fir,st joint of flagellum strongly geniculate with the peduncle, of the same length as the second, thii-d rather longer, fom-th very small, almost rudimentary ; the whole antennae covered with numerous short, bluntish sette. First pair of legs with anterior margin of the basos produced near the distal end into a triangular process, and with a shallow groove posterior to this for the reception of the distal portion of the limb when bent back ; second pair with similar but less marked structure; legs scarcely increasing in length posteriorly, all very setose, the setae on the posterior pairs larger and stouter than on the anterior pairs. Eifth pleopoda with the exopodites .strongly chitinised, large, trapezoidal, articulated at the postero-lateral angles, and projecting inwards and forwards so as to meet in the median line and cover a large portion of the anterior pleopoda. Uropoda triangular, outer side convex and with a few setae, inner margin straight, fringed with fine setae, terminal joint small, bearing a few fine setae. Colour. — Whitish or light yellow, with scattered black spots and usually with opaque white or silvery spots arranged more or less closely in patches; some of the specimens darker, especially along median line. Length. — Al)0ut 14 mm. Ha'ntat. — Lyall's Bay, ATellington [11. M. Luiiuj), "Wellington, under tussocks near the beach" {(}. 31. Thomson). Remarks. — I have some hesitation in describing this as a new species, for all the species of the genus appear to be very similar in general appearance and to be distin- guished chiefly by diS'erences in the front of the cephalon and the pleopoda, which are somewhat difficult to describe accurately. It is probably not very different from Tylos spiiiulosus, Dana, from Tierra del Fuego, but appears to be less spiny and to differ in the antenme, for Dana describes and draws the flagellum as " 3-jointed, the first joint but little shorter than the preceding, and the second as long as the following." Family IV. SCYPHACID^. Scyphacince, Dana (iu part), U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. p. "16 (1853). Mandibles without molar tubercle, its place being taken l)y a tuft of long stiff setae or bristles ; inner lobe of first maxilla with two plumose bristles ; maxillipedes with the terminal joints fairly well developed, lamellar, longer than the masticatory lobe; external male organ single. The fiimily, for which I propose the definition just given, corresponds in part with Dana's subfamily Scyphacina?, for he rightly oliserved that in the maxilKpedes, Scyphu.r differs considerably from the Oniscidce, though his description that they arc 2-jointed is, 122 DK. C. CHILTOX ON THE perhaps, a little misleading. In making it he appears to have counted the basos as one joint and all the terminal part as the second. He did not reckon in the coxa, which is usually more or less distinct, and he included the ischium, which is also \isually distinct, Avith the terminal portion which generally shows indications that it is composed of three or four joints. In cases of this kind the actual number of joints is less important than the comparative sizes of those that are represented, though of course it is not easy to express this in brief language. I include under this family the genera Sci/pl/ca; Dana, ActcBcia, Dana, and Scypho- niscus, gen. nov., all of which are represented in JS^ew Zealand. It will, I think, also include Scyphacella, S. I. Smith, and Actoniscns, Hayer. both of which are discussed in another part of this paper, and Philomfria manna, Chilton, which Stebbing has rightly said cannot remain under PhUougria, probably also belongs to this family, though as yet I have not had time to examine it sufficiently to say whether it can be referred to any of the genera mentioned or not. It may be worth while to point out that Kinahan, in his excellent " Analysis of Certain Allied Geuera of Terrestrial Isopoda," published in 1857, appears to have recognised the fact that Seypl/ax and Act(ccia probaloly formed types of separate families, though owing to the great difference between thein in general appeai-ance, he evidently did not think of placing them both in the same family *. The three genera that I have included in this family all agree pretty closely in the mouth-parts and pleopoda, and I am inclined to attach comparatively little importance to the external form of the body. Genus 1. Scyphax, Dana. Scyphax, Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. p. 733 (1853). Smjphax, Miers, Cat. New Zealand Crust, p. 101 (1876). Sci/jjJiax, Budde-LiuKl, Isopoda Terrestria, p. .231 (1885). Generic descr'qjtion. — Body somewhat convex, not cajjable of rolling into ix ball; epimera moderately developed. Metasome not abruptly contracted, last segment not much produced. Eyes large, of very many ocelli, crescent-shaped, occupying the sides of the cephalon. Antennse with the flagellum 3- or 4-jointed. Second maxilla with the outer margin a little angularly produced near the base. Mandibles with few penicils behind the cutting part. Legs increasing in length posteriorly. Opercular plates of pleopoda without any air-cavities. Uropoda exposed, inner branch arising only slightly in front of the outer. Remarks. — I have ventured to give a new diagnosis for this genus which was established many years ago by Dana for the single species S. ornatns. In 1876, Miers added a new species, S. intermedius, but this, as shown below, proves to be the same as S. ornatus. Another species, S. setiger, from New Caledonia, was added in 1885 by Budde-Lund, who gave a diagnosis of the genus based mainly on external characters, and considered * Natural History Ecvicw, iv. Proceedings of Societies, pp. 274 & 275 (1857). TERRESTKIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZKALAND. 123 it merely a subgenus of Oniscus. In 1874 a ge'iuis, Sc!i})hacclla, was established by S. I. Smith*, who says: — "This genus differs from ScijiiIklv most notably in the form of the maxillipedcis, whicli in Sci/plutx have the terminal segment broad and serrately lobed, while in ovir genus it is elongated, tapering, and lias entire margins. In Scyphux also the posterior pair of legs are much smaller I ban the others, and weak ; tlie last segment of tlie abdomen is truncated at the apex, and tlie articulations b(!t\Aeeu tlic; segments of the terminal portion of the antennte are much more complete tlian in our species. Tlie general form iind appearance of the genera, are the same, and the known species agree remarkably in habits " Budde-Lund t gives Smith's species, Sci/ijltacella ureiilcola, as nearly related to Triclioiuscioi (illddns ; and Sars^;, following Budde-Lund, refers to the genus Scijpliaccllu as coming under his family Trichoniscida^. It appears, however, from Smith's remarks that his genus is really nearer to Scypliax even than he thought, for of the four points of difference which he gives, two are based on errors in Dana's description, for tlie seventh pair of legs in Sci/phax are small and weak only in immature forms and the terminal segment is not truncate, the mistake here having arisen from the fact that the lateral margins of the terminal segment arc; not shown in his figure. In the other two points of difference Scijphacella certainly does ajjproach Trichouiscas, but they are, I think, only of comparatively little importance, and the spiny antenote and whole general appearance of Scupluicella are more like Scyphux than any Trichonisciis that I know of. It is, moreover, e\i(lent that Scyphacella cannot come under the Trichoniscidae as defined by Sars, for (1) the metasome is not much narrower than the mesosonie, and (2) the eyes, instead of being " small or wholly wanting," are large and prominent. Of course the question could be settled at once if we knew whether the mandibh; in ^cijpJiacella has a molar tubercle or not, and Avhether the inner lobe of the maxilla has three or two plumose bristles. Unfortunately, no special information is given on these points, either by Smith or by Hayer, who afterwards examined the si^ecies. But the mandibles of Scypluix are figured by Dana, and presumably these drawings would be noted by Smith, who evidently examined those of Scijphacella, for he says "mandibles slender," and if these had possessed a molar tubercle he would almost certaiuly have noticed it. Until the question can be settled by the examination of specimens, I think we are justified in including Hcypliacella under the Scyphacidiie as nearly allied to Scyphax if not actually identical therewith. The genus Scyphax is represented in New Zealand only by one species, though another is occasionally classed under it. 1. Scyphax ornatus, Dana (1853). (Plate 14. fig. 2, and Plate 15. fig. 1.) Scyphax ornatus, Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. ]>. 7.3 1-, pi. xlviii. fig. 5 (1853). Scyphax ornatus, Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 101 (187()). Scyphax iutermedius, Miers, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 227 (1870); Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 102, pi. ii. fig. 8 (187G). * Rep. U. 8. Fisheries, pt. i. p. /i'iT (1874). t L. c. p. 249. t L. e. p. 160. SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 19 124 -UK. C. CHILTON Oy THE Scyphax ornatus, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 158 (1886). Scijpha.r ornatus, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 233 (1885). Sct/pkiM' iiitermedim, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 233 (1885). ? Pki/oxcla v'wlacca, Filhol, Mission de Pile Campbell, Crust, p. 445, pi. liv. fig. 5 (1885). Scypluix oruiitiis, Filhol, /. (". p. 443 (1885). Scyphax ialiirmedins, Filhol, /. c. p. 444 (1885). Scyphax intermedius, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 158 (]88()). Specific desc7Hplton. — Body elliptical, fairly convex, breadth about half the length, sui-face finely gramilar, in smaller specimens sometimes rough with minute sette. Surface of cephalon flat, depressed. Metasome not abruptly narrower than mesosome, epimerte of third to fifth segments of moderate size, last segment triangular, much broader than long, sides concave, extremity bluntly pointed, bearing a few short set* and with a slight depression on its upper surface. Eyes very large, crescent-shaped, occupying the whole lateral margins of tlie cephalon and nearly meeting in front ; ocelli very numerous, about 150 to 200, arranged in four longitudinal rows. Antennse about half the length of the body, spiny in small specimens, in large ones with granulations or small tubercles in addition to the small spines ; flagellum as long as the fifth joint of peduncle, which is considerably longer than the fourth, consisting of three joints, the third l)eing followed l)y a minute terminal joint ending in a tuft of short seta?, first joint longer than the second and slightly shorter than the third. Anterior pairs of legs shorter and stouter than tlie posterior pairs, which are rather long, the seventh pair not fully developed till animal is nearly adult. Uropoda with the base large, extending a little beyond the extremity of the terminal segment, lateral border with a distinct keel, rami rather narrow, cylindrical, spinose, the inner one very slightly shorter than tlie outer and not arising much in front of it. Colour variegated, irregularly spotted with yellowish red, grey, brownish red or black. Length of largest specimens about 18 mm. Habitat. — On sandy shores in the North Island and also from "VVestport. Not found in the south of South Island. Bemarks. — This species was described and figured by Dana in 1853, but does not appear to have been recognised since. Miers descril)ed his Scyphax intermedius as a separate species in 1876, being misled by Dana's figure of the whole animal wdiere the margins of the terminal segment of the metasome are not marked and the segment consequently appears much more broadly truncate than it really is. I have seen Miers's type specimen in the British Museum and have no doubt that it is only a large specimen of *S'. oniafus, Dana. Although Eilhol's description and figures are not altogether satisfactory, I have little doubt that his I'liiloscia ciolacea also belongs to this sj)ecies ; the large crescentic eyes clearly show that the species cannot be placed under Fhiloscia. In 1885 Budde-Lund described a species, Scyphax sctiger, from New Caledonia which probably will come near to S. ornatus, Dana, though the eyes seem to contain fewer ocelli and the proportions of the joints of the tlagellum of the antennae are difi^erent. Although Dana was undoubtedly dealing with immature specimens when he described TERKESTKIAL ISOrODA OF XEAV ZEALAND. 125 tlio seventh pair of logs as "much smaller than tlie others, weak," it is nevertheless true that ill tliis species the development of these legs appears to he delayed longer than is usually tlie case. In specimens of from 4 to 't nun. in length, which are running actively on tlie heacli and not otherwise immature, the seventh segment of the mesosomc is small and tlie seventh ])air of legs repi-esented either hy a small hud or hy a weak, non-chitinised appendage, m ith the joints only faintly indicated and surface free from seta?; in specimens a little larger ((i mm.) the seventh segment is more developed, hut still smaller than the sixth, and the legs are of the usual shape hut smaller than the sixth and less ahundantly supplied Avith setae. In specimens of 9 mm. in length I found the seventh segment and appendages fully developed ; the male organs were also present, and the specimens apparently fully adult. Most of the more important points in the appendages of this species have heen referred to in the discussion of the genus already given. I gi\e here a i'cw additional notes. The maudihles are of the type usual in the family. The outer cutting-edge in the right contains three or four stout teeth, brown in colour and higlily chitinised ; the inner cutting-edge is more transparent, slender, and ends in two large teeth and one or two smaller ones ; it is followed by a membranous lappet, the sides and margin of which are densely setose; between this and the dense tuft of stilF plumose bristles is a single large plumose seta. The left mandible is very similar, but the inner cutting-edge is much larger and stouter, and ends in three large teeth which are brown in colour and as strongly chitinised as those of the outer cutting-edge, and there are two plumose setre between the membranous lappjet and tlie tuft of seta? representing the molar tubercle. Tiie first maxilla is of the usual form; in the second the extei'nal lobe at the end is very small, and the outer margin shows a proininenc!' near the base like that drawn and described by Sars in Oiiiscus and some allied genera. In the maxillipede the exopodite is about half as long as the bases, oblong with the end rounded ; the outer margin of the basos is somewhat expanded, and is fringed with line setfe towards the distal end ; the masticatory lobe is about half as long as the terminal j^ortion of the nraxillijiede, and lias the end obliquely truncate and fringed with setae ; the ischium is short, distinctly separated from, adjacent points ; on the outer aspect of both the basos and ischium are three or four short sette near the distal margin ; the four terminal joints are coalesced into a single laniclliforra plate, with four distinct lobes on inner side representing the different joints of which it is composed. The legs of the mesosome are sjjiny, the anterior pairs shorter and stouter than the posterior; the dactylus is long, and has its basal jiart thickly covered with short setae, the terminal claw long, narrow and slightly curved, secondary claw very narrow, almost like an ordinary seta. There is no special " dactylar seta." In the male the first pleopod is remarkable in having the exopodite very large and operculiform ; it is articulated as usual to the lateral part of the prolopodite, and extends anteriorly and posteriorly into two large rounded lobes, which show branching thiokea- 19* 120 DK. C. CHILTON ON T]1E ing's apparently intended to strengthen the large flat plate thus formed ; the endopodite consists of a single long slender appendage, gradually narrowing to the end ; the epipodite is formed of an oblong lobe with, rounded end. The external male organ is short, rather narrow and rounded at the end. The second pleopod of the male has tlie exopodite of fair size, subquadrate with angles rounded off, and of similar structure to that of the first pleopod ; the endopodite is represented by a 2-jointed appendage, the first joint extending directly inwards like a prolongation of the base, the second at right angles to this, as long as the exopodite, gradually tapering to an acute apex. The succeeding pleopoda have the exopodite much larger than the endopodite, and ajjparently mainly ojiercular ; the endopodite is subtriangular, with the inner portion thickened, and is branchial in function. The uropoda have been already sufficiently described. 2. ScYPHAX (?) AUCKLANDiiE, G. M. Thomson. (Plate 15. fig. 2.) Acttecia aucklandue, G. M. Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xi. p. .349 (ISTQ). Ackecia cnit-kl(indili- C. CHILTOK ON THE 3. Oniscts Cookii, Fiiliol. OniscuH Cookii, Filhol; Mission de File Campbell, 1885, p. 442, pi. 54. fig. 6. The following is the description given of tliis species by Eilbol : — " J'ai rccueilli cette espece sous les pierres siir la portion ouest cle I'ile du milieu de la Nouvellc-Zelande. Elle ne mesure que 0™"008 de longueur et 0""004 de largeur. Le corps est ovalaire et remarquablement bombe ; la tete est large, les antennes externes sont tres fines et leur cinquieme article plus developpe a la longueur du liagellum. II n'existe pas de polls ni sur les articles basilaires des antennes externes, ni sur le flagellutn. La base des articles composant les antennes est brune, alors que le sommet est blanc. Les anneaux du thorax sont assez developpes d'avant en arriere. lis sont converts, en grande partie, de tres fines granulations d'une teinte noire. Les granulations font defaut en difi^erents points des anneaux et, la oil elles nianquent, on oliserve des surfaces un pen creusees, d'une teinte noisette. Ces surfaces denuees de granulations, et apparaissant en creux a cause des saillies que font les granulations qui les limitent, sont de formes tres variables. Tantot elles sont arrondies, tantot elles se divisent et figurant de grossieres arborisations. Sur les anneaux de I'abdomeu on retrouve ces plaques, mais elles sont alors granuleuses, comme le reste des anneaux qui les presentent. Les stylets externes sont les plus developpes et leur bord externe est garni, ainsi que celui des stylets internes, de soies tres-fines, courtes et tres serrees." I cannot recognize this species unless, indeed, it be Outsells kenepurensis. Genus 2. Philoscia, Latreille (18(M). Fhi/oscia, Latreille, Hist, des Crust. &c. t. 7, p. 43 (1801). Philoscia, Bute & Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust, ii. p. 448 (18G8). Philoscia, Budde-Lund, Isopudu Terrestria, p. 207 (1885). Philoscia, Sars, Crustaeea of Norway, ii. p. 172 (189'J). Generic Characters. — Body oval, sliglitJy convex, with rather thin integuments. Cephalon rounded in front, without any projecting lateral lobes. Side-plates of niesosome but slightly protnineut. Metasome abruptly contracted, with the epimeral plates small and appressed ; last segment not mucu produced. Eyes well developed, lateral. Antenuai very slender, with the fiagellum composed of three articulations. Mandibles with only a single penicil behind the cutting-part. Legs very slender and greatly lucreasiug in length posteriorly. Opercular plates of pieopoda without any air-c£ivities and scarcely biiobed. Uropodu not much produced, with the inner ramus not attached so far in front as usual. [Sars, I. c. p. 173.] 1. Philoscia pubescens, Dana. (PL 16. fig. 1.) Oniscus puhcsc.ms, Daua, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. p. 7;30, pi. 18. fig. 2 (1853). Otiiscus pubcsceiis, Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 99 (187(1). Philoscia vdna, liudde-Luud, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 219 (1885). Philoscia jjulicsccus, Budde-Luud, Isojjoda Ttrref.tria, |j. 223 (1885). Omscus puOesceiis, I'llhol, Missiou de File Campbell, p. 440 (I885j. Oniscus pubescens, Tliomsou & Cliiltou, Traus. New Zealaud lust, xviii. p. 158 (188G), Philoscia iiiiiiUjDoWlus, Bull. 8oc. Zool. de I'rauee, xviii. p. 1;58 (1893). TERRESTEIAL TSOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 1^7 Specific description. — Body narroAV ohlong-oval, surface smooth and shining in large specimens, in small specimens bearing numerous short setae. Pirst and second segments of mesosome with posterior margins straight, lateral angles rounded, posterior margin of third slightly sinuate, posterior angles of last three segments only slightly producinl backward, subacute. Metasome al)ruptly narrower than mesosome ; epimera of third to fifth segments small, closely appressed. Terminal segment triangular, flat, sides straight or a little incurved, apex subacute. Antennge very long and slender, from one-half to two-thirds the length of tlie body, very hirsute, especially towards the end and in small s])ecimens ; third and fourth joints together eqiial in length to the fifth, which is as long as the flagellum, the three joints of which are subequtil ; terminal stylet slender, about two-thirds the length of the last joint. Legs long, greatly increasing in length posteriorly, A^ery spinous. Opercular plates of the second and succeeding pleopoda with three or four setae projecting at right angles to the surface. Basal joint of uropoda reaching Avell beyond the last segment ; inner surface scabroiis and with a few setae ; outer side Avith a well-marked groove, l)ecoming shalloAver towards the base; inner branch rather more than half as long as the outer, arisino- oulv a little in front of it, Avitli numerous short setfe and two lonii-er ones at the apex ; outer ramus much stouter and conical, scabrous, and with some small setae but fewer than on the inner ramus. Colon J- light brown, often Avhitish, with various markings of darker broAvn, arranged roughly in a median and two lateral longitudinal bands, frequently with a roAV of Avhitish patches at the bases of the epimera. Less yellowish white Avith broAvn markings, especially on the l)asal joints. Length about 10 mm., breadth 4 mm. Kabitat. — Under rotten Avood in forests, Whykare River {Dana) ; Howick, Auckland (G. M. Thomson); Takapuna (i. Hames) ; Kenepuru, Marlborough {J. Mc3Iahon). Hemarks. — I have little doubt that the specimens Avhich I have described above are to be considered as belonging to Oniscus puhescens, Dana. From his description and figures it is eAident, as Budde-Lund has already inferred, that he was dealing with a species of Philoscia. His figure show^s an Isopod less narrow than most of my specimens, Imt it was taken from a specimen only 3 mm. long, and I have specimens of about tlie same size that correspond very closely to his figure, and from the series at my command I am able to I'ecord the fact that in young specimens the metasome may be only as long as it is broad at the base, Avliile in larger specimens it may be fully twace as long as broad, and that the mesosome shoAvs corresponding A^ariations ; in large forms, too, the antenn;B become longer and more slender. Dana's specimens were obtained from the north of Auckland, and most of my specimens are also from places not A^ery far removed where the species appears to be fairly common, and I know of no other species from that neighbourhood to which Dana's description could apply. I have little doubt that the species described by Budde-Lund from the Ca))e of Good Hope under the name J?hiloscia mina, and afterwards recorded by DoUfus from three localities in the Seychelles, is the same as the New Zealand species. Budde-Lund's descrip- tion applies Avell to my specimens, and the groove on tlie outer surface of the base of the 138 DE. C, CHILTON ON THE viropoda ajipears very characteristic. Dollfus's figaire is very like that of my larger specimens, though the closely-appressed epimera of the metasorae are not shown, and in accordance with wliat I have said the raetasome is show^n narroAver than it is in young specimens. Dollfus calls attention to the fact that while Budde-Lund descrihed the surface as glabrous, his specimens " presentent an contraire des poils epars, qui parais- sent, il est vrai, assez caducs." I am able to explain the inconsistency, for my specimens show that while the smaller specimens (even sexually mature) usiially possess numerous scattered setoe, the largest specimens have the surface nearly or quite glabrous. I give figures of the first and second j^leopoda of the male, which are of much the usual type and do not call for special description. Attached to the male organ in con- nection with the first pleopod is the vas deferens and apparently a large portion of the testes, which came away with it when I dissected off the pleopod. 2. PmLOsciA nov^-zealandi^, Filhol. Philoscia novte-sealandia, Fifhol, Mission de file Campbell, 1885, p. l^i, pi. 54. fig. 2. Filhol gives the following description of this species : — " Cette espece, que je crois nouvelle, a le corps allonge, ovalaire, assez bomb6 dans la portion mediane. Les antennes externes sont couvertes sur leurs bords anterieur et posterieur et sur leur face externe de poils courts, tres fins, tres serres et ayant dans leur fornie, leur disposition quclque chose qui rappelle de petites opines. Les segments du thorax sont granuleux sur presque toute leur etendue et les granulations sont d'un brun noiratre. La o\i elles font defaiit la carapace est d'une teinte jaune clair. Les parties granuleuses sont disposees de telle mani^re qu'elles constituent tout le long du corps de I'animal trois sortes de bandes noiratres ; I'une mediane, les deux autres laterales. Les stylets caudaux externes sont un pen plus longs que les stylets caudaux internes, mais ils sont tons converts de poils tres fins sur toute leur surface. II existc une ligne de ponctuations noires le long du bord externe des stylets externes. m. m. Longueur 0-022 a (YOUG. Largeur ()-008 a 0-009. •■& J'ai trouve cette espece aux environs de W^ellington dans File du Nord, aux environs de Dunedin dans la province d'Otago et enfin dans I'ile Stewart." I cannot identity this with any species known to me ; the figure shows the side-plates of the metasome much larger than is usual in Philoscia, but does not help in deciding what the species Eilhol had before him. Genus 3. Pokcellio, Latr., 1804. Porcellio, Spence Bate & Westwootl, British Scssile-cyc-d Crustacea, ii. p. 473 (1868). Pijrct'Uiu, Budtle-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 82 (1885). Force/ lio, Stebbing, History of the Crustacea, p. 42() (1893). Forcc.lliu, Vs. 0. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 17(5 (1899). TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 139 The folio-wins: are the ijeneric characters as mven bv Sars : — " Body oval, more or less depressed, with the latei-al parts lamellarly expanded. Cephaloii partly flanked by the side-plates of tlie lirst segiiiciit of inesosome, latei'al lobes well developed, frontal lobe more or less projecting, and distinctly defined from the epistome. Metasome not abruptly contracted, epimcral plates of the third to fifth segments prominent and recurved ; last segment couically produced. Eyes, as a rule, well developed, subdorsal. Antennae moderately slender, witii the flagellum composed of two articulations only. Oral parts normal. Legs gradually increasing in length posteriorly, last pair in male sometimes slightly differing from that in female. (Opercular plates of tlie two anterior pairs of jileojjoda, and so]netimcs of the three succeeding pairs, provided with distinct air-cavities. Copulative organs of male of a similar structure to that in Oniscus. Uropoda distinctly projecting, outer ramus lanceolate, inner much smaller, lineai-, and originating far in front of the former." PORCELLIO SCABER, Latr. Porcellio .irahrr, Latrcillc, Hist. Nat. des Crustaces et dps Insecte^, vol. vii. p. 45. PorceUio xcaber, S])eiice Bate & Westwood, British Sossile-cyed Crustacea, ii. p. 475 (1808). Porcellio granir/er, White, List. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. yj (1847), sine descr. Porcellio (jraniyer, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xvii. p. '426 (1876), and Cat. New Zealand Crustacea, p. 99 (1876). PorceUio (jraniijer , Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 129 (1885). Porcellio yranif/er, Budde-Luud, I.e. p. 149 (1885). Porcellio f/ranif/er, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst xviii. |). 158 (1886). Porcellio (jraniger, Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust, p. 280. Porcellio (/raiii(/er, G. M. Thomson, Proc. Royal Soc. Tasninnia, 1892, p. 4. Porcellio scaher, Stehbing, History of the Crustacea, p. 427 (189."^). Porcellio scaber, G. O^ Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 17() (1899). Specijic Characters. — " Body oblong-oval, about twice as long as it is broad, dorsal face slightly convex and very rough, owing to the preseaoe of numerous rounded tubercles. Cephalon with the lateral lobes rather large and rounded, frontal lobe less prominent, obtusely triangular. Side-plates of mesosome of moderate size, witli the posterior corners acutely produced. Metasome occupying about one-quarter of the length of the body ; cpimeral plates of the third to fifth segments strongly recurved ; last segment rather produced, terminating in an acute point slightly grooved dorsally. Antennae less slender, scarcely attaining half the length of the body ; flagellum about as long as the last peduncular joint, and having its two articulations of nearly equal size. Last pair of legs differing but little in tlie two sexes. Opercular plates of only the two anterior pairs of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uropoda with the outer ramus broadly lanceolate, and comparatively larger in male than in female. Colour of dorsal lace generally of a uniformly greyish black; sometimes, however, lighter, and variegated with irregular dark patclies, more rarely black, with the side plates light yellowish. Length of adult female 14 mm." (Sars.) SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 21 140 DK. C. CHILTON ON THE Habitat. — Found in great abundance throughout the whole of New Zealand, especially around buildings, in greenhouses, &c. ; rarely in the native bush. Remarks. — This species is practically cosmopolitan, being found all over Europe, North Aniei'ica, at the Cape of Good Hope, and Kamtschatka. In Australia it has been recorded from Melbourne and Tasnaania, and I have specioaens from Sydney also. In New Zealand it has hitherto been known under the name JPorcellio graniger, Miers, though Mr. G. M. Thomson suggested some years ago that it was probably a cosmopolitan species, and pointed out how easily it might be spread by artificial means*. Eudde- Lund, in his " Isopoda Terrestria," had previously suggested tliat the New Zealand species was perhaps the same as P. keiils, Latr., but a comparison of specimens has shown that it differs considerably from that cosmopolitan species, but is undoubtedly the same as P. scaber, Latr. The variety marmorata, in which the general dorsal surface is lightly coloured and variegated with irregular dark patches, is pretty abundant in New Zealand, and the variety mavghuda " black, with side-plates light yellowish," is also sometimes seen. Some years ago Mr. W. W. Smith sent me a large series of specimens from Ashburton, some of the usual form (variety immaculatu), others of the variety marmorata, and a large number with the whole dorsal surface (in spirit) of a reddish-brown varying from a light yellowish-brown to dark orange-brown, some of them having the side-plates lighter in colour than the centre portion ; there is a similar specimen in Mr. Thomson's collection, and I have occasionally seeu similar specimens from other localities ; in this form the tubercles on the dorsal surface are hardly so well marked as in some of the darker forms belonging to the variety immaculata, but there seems to be considerable variation in the degree of tuberculation in all the varieties. Many years ago Brandt described albino and partially albino forms of this species, and gave figures showing all the stages between complete albinos and the ordinary dark- coloru-ed form'^f . The great vaiiability in colour of this species has been noted by Eilhol in specimens collected from New Zealand. Genus 4. Metoponorthus, Budde-Lund, 1879. Metoponorthus, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 161 (1885). Metoponorthus, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 183 (1899). Generic Characters. — " Body oblong, subdeprcssed, with very thin integuments. Cephalon with the lateral lobes very small, frontal lobe obsolete. Side-plates of meso- some but very slightly promiaent. Metasome abruptly contracted, with the epimeral plates of third to fifth segments sub-appressed ; last segment comparatively short, triangular. Eyes well developed, lateral. Antennuke very small, with the last joint quite short. Autennte slender and elongated, fiagellum biarticulate. Oral parts nearly exactly as in Forceltio. Legs slender, and greatly inci'easing in length posteriorly. * "• Proc. Royal Societ)' Tasmania," 1892, p. 4 (.separate copy), t Hor;E Soc. entom. Ross. T. viii. (1871), pp. 167-176, 1872. TEERESTEIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 141 Opercular plates of the two anterior pairs of [)leopoda with air-cavities, more rarely also those of third or of all pairs. Copulative organs of male nearly as in Porcellio. Uropoda rather produced, and of a similar structur(^ to that in Porcellio." 1. ? Metoponorthus truinosus, Brandt. Porcellio pruinosus, Brandt, Consp. nioiiogr. Crust. Isop. turrcstr. p. 19, fig. 21. Porcellio zealandicus. White, List. Crust. Brit. Mas. p. 9'.), 181-7 {sine dexcrip.) ; Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust. p. 100 (1876). Metoponorthus pruinosu.t. Buddc-Luml, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 109 (18S5). Porcellio neo-zelanicus, Thomas & Chilton, Traus. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 158 (1886). Metoponorthus pruinosus, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 181 (1899). Budde-Lund gives Pot-cellio zealandicus. White, as a douhtful synonym of Metopo northus pruinosus, Brandt. I have seen the type specimen in the British Museum ; it is dried and not very well pi'eserved, but is undoubtedly a Metoponorthus, and apparently very closely resembles M. jjruinosus. It w^ould certainly not be extraordinary if this cosmopolitan species were found in New Zealand, but I have never met with it, though. AVhite's specimen, if really from New Zealand, must have been collected there before 1847, and we might naturally have expected that the species would have become abundant since then. To make the account of this species complete, I quote here the description given of it by Miers : — "Elongate oblong, finely granulous, the granules seriate on the posterior margin of each segment. Head small, ti-ansversely oblong, with tlie latero-anterior angles not prominent. Segments of the thorax (the last excepted) with the posterior and infero- lateral margins straight, the infero-posterior angles obtuse ; last segment of thorax broad, with the posterior margin concave, the infero-lateral margin straight, the infero-posterior angle acute. Segments of the abdomen consideralily narrower than those of the thorax, short ; terminal segment equilaterally triangular, slightly concave above, sides straight. Caudal appendages with the base shorter than the terminal segment, the longer (exserted) ranms narrow, acute, projecting beyond the termii^.al segment to a distance equal to its own length. External antenufe very long and hairy — length nearly one- third inch. New Zealand (Coll. Brit. Mus.)." Eamily VI. ABMADILLIID.^. In this family the body is generally convex, and the animals capable of rolling up into a ball ; the metasome is not abruptly narrower than the mesosome. There are air- cavities in two or more of the outer branches of the pleopoda, and the uropoda are usually short and not produced beyond the terminal segment. In other respects the family resembles the Oniscida, with which it is so connected by some intermediate genera that, as Sars has poiuted out, it is rather difficult to get points of difference that will apply in all cases. The family contains many genera, several of which have been established during 21 * 142 DR. C. CHILTON UN THE recent years by M. Adrien DoUfus, but all the New Zealand species appear to be referable to ArniacUlliclmm and Armadillo. Genus 1. Armadillidium, Brandt, 1830. Armadillidium, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 49 (1885). ArmadillirUum, Dollfas, Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, iii" Serie, 1" Mai 1892, No, 259 (1892). ArmadilUdhim, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 188 (1899). Genen'f! Charactet^fi. — " Body oblong or elliptical in form, very convex, and capable of being rolled up into a perfect ball. Cephalon with the front distinctly niarginate, latei'al lobes rounded and sharply defined at the base. Epistome vertical, forming above a triangular shield, advancing more or less beyond the frontal edge. Side-plates of first segment of mesosome large, securiform, not incised behind. Metasome. semi- circular, with the edges continuous throughout ; last segment lamellar, quadrangular or triangular in form, not extending beyond the limits of the epimeral plati s of the penultimate segment. Eyes distinct, lateral. Antennuhe with the terminal joint but little produced. Antennae, as a rule, not attaining half the length of the body, penulti- mate peduncular joint scarcely longer than the second ; fiagellum biarticulate. Opercular plates of only the first two pairs of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uropoda very short, with the basal part broad, lamellar, outer ramus spatulate, inner naiTow, cylindric." (Sars.) 1. Armadillidium vulgare, Latr. Armadillo vulgaris, Latreille, Hist. Crust, vol. vii. p. 48. Armadillo vidguris, Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust, ii. p. 492 (1868). Armadillidium vulgare, Budde-Luod, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 66 (1885). Armadillidium vulgare, DoUfus, Feuille des Jeuues Naturalistes, iii"" Serie, No. 259 (l" Mai 1892). Armadillidium vulgare, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 189 (1899). Specific Characters. — " Body oblong-oval, more than twice as long as it is broad, side-contours sub-parallel, dorsal face strongly vaulted and ^Jerfectly smooth. Cephalon, seen dorsally, broadly quadrangular, transversely truncated in front, lateral lobes comparatively small, rounded. Side-plates of first segment of mesosome with the posterior corner acute. Metasome broad, semicircular, scarcely occupying more than one-fifth of the length of the body ; last segment much shorter than it is broad at the base, and slightly tapering distally, tip transversely truncated. Antenute very short, scarcely exceeding in length one-quarter of the body ; fiagellum about the length of the last peduncular joint, and having its first articulation somewhat shorter than the second. Last pair of legs with the ischial joint rather large, equalling in length the succeeding part of the leg. Copulative appendages of the first pair of pleopoda in male with the tips slightly divergent ; opercular plate of the second pair rather produced, but scarcely curving outwards at the tip. Uropoda with the outer ramus much shorter than the basal part, and very broad, its distal edge being continuous with the last segment. Colour of distal face somewhat variable, sometimes uniformly dark grey or nearly black, sometimes variegated with lighter patches, generally arranged on the mesosome in three longitudinal rows, one median and two lateral; between them, moreover, on each TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 143 segment is a group of more or less distinct flexuous stripes. Leng'th attaining 14 mm." (Sars.) Habitat.— '^chon f J. C. Gully), and Mount Egmont (S. H. Drew). Remarks. — I have a few specimens from Nelson and one from Mount Egmont tliat undoubtedly belong to this species, whicli is very -widely distributed througliout all Europe, and the adjiieent parts of Asia and Africa. According to Budde-Luud it has also been widely dispersed, probably by artificial means, and has lieen found at New York, Monte Video, Melbourne, &c. It has not been previously recorded from New Zealand, and it is a little strange that it should have been taken at Nelson and Mount Egmont, when it has not yet been found at any of the chief ports or in other parts of the Islands. My specimens agree very closely witli the figures and descriptions given l)y Sars and Dolll'us, and I have been able to comjjare them with specimens from England, and can find no points of diflPerence between them. In the male the first pair of legs has the carpus a little more swollen than is shewn in Sars' figure, and has the propodos bent back ujion it so as to form ait imperfectly subchelate hand. I find, however, that the degree to which this structure is developed varies in different individuals, and it is perhaps fully developed only in the adult male, or perhaps only during the breeding season. The long ischium of the seventh pair of legs is also a characteristic of the fully- grown male ; in the females it is only of normal length ; in the male, too, the meros and carpus of the first six pairs of legs, and especially of the foui-th, fifth and sixth, are much more setose than in the female. With regard to tlie coloui*, Budde-Lund distinguishes two varieties : first, immaculata, " e plumbeo griseus," and second, cariegata, " annidorum marginibus albis serieque dorsali triplici vel quadruplici macularum flavarum." Dollfus, who has given a detailed account of this species in the work quoted, says : " Les 6 sont generalement d'un gris uniforme, ou avec quelques taches safranees; les 2 d'un brun plus ou moins clair, avec des taches et marbrures pales." The few specimens that I have from New Zealand are all males, and are of a uniform dark slaty-grey colour. Genus 2. Armadillo. Armadillo, Eufkle-Liind, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 35 (1885). (icneric Characters. — Ptesembling Armadillidiimi in most respects, but with the shield on the epistome much less marked, and the grooves for the antennae consequently very shallow ; the side-plates of the first segment of the mesosome usually, and those of the second segment sometimes, incised or grooved ; the last segment of metasome subtetragonal, broader at the base than apex, sides concave ; the outer branches of all the pleopoda \i itb air-cavities: uropoda with the base large, flattened and produced so as to fill up the space between the side-plates of the fifth segment and the terminal segment; outer branch small, inserted on inner margin of the enlarged base ; inner branch arising more anteriorly, quite concealed in dorsal view by the terminal segment. This genus contains many species, a large proportion of which ai-e found, as Budde- 144 DE. C. CHILTON ON THE Lund says, on the islands and shores of the Pacific. In New Zealand there are at least six species which may he distinguished as follows : — A. Surface of Ijody uearly smooth. I. Inferior maroia of first segment of mesosome simple. a. Outer branch of uropoda very small, rudimentary A. speciosus. b. Outer branch of uropoda of moderate size A. ambitiosus. II. Inferior margin of first segment of mesosome grooved along its whole length . A. Dan(E. III. Margin of first segment of mesosome notched behind A. rugulosus. B. Surface of body with crests or tubercles. I. Surface with numerous thin crests or flange-like processes A. Hamiltoni. II. Surface with setose tubercles. a. Tubercles large^ about four on each segment of mesosome A. Macmahoni. b. Tubercles small, acute, numerous A. spinosus. 1. Armadillo ambitiosus, Budde-Lund. (Plate 16. fig. 5.) Armadillo ambitiosus, Budde-Lund, Prospectus Crust. Isop. terr. p. 7 (1879) ; Isopoda Terrestria, p. 34 (1885). Specific description. — Body oval, very convex, nearly smooth, minutely punctate. Dorsal surface of cephalon marked off from the pre-epistome by a well-marked ridge, which at the sides projects a little above the surface of the cephalon, centre usually a little depressed ; dorsal surface smooth or a little vineven, pro-ejiistome smooth, fiat. Inferior margin of first segment of mesosome thin, with a small tooth posteriorly on the inner surface ; second segment with the inferior margin entire, thicker in front, the thickened part ending abruptly in a small tvibercle on tiie inner surface at some little distance from the margin. Posterior margins of the anterior four segments sinuate, posterior angle of first produced backwards subacute, that of second a little produced. Terminal segment of metasome a little longer than its breadth at base, narrowing abruptly, the posterior portion with sides parallel or slightly divergent ; posterior margin truncate, slightly rounded or squarely truncate, often with a very small emargination in the centre. Antennae minutely setose, flagellum as long as fourth joint of peduncle, and shorter than the fifth, its second joint three times as long as the first, apex with styliform appendage about as long as first joint. Eyes somewhat large, with about 20 ocelli. Basal joint of uropoda with the portion exposed dorsally narrow, about twice as long as broad, end sharply rounded; extei'i or ramus slender, arising from well-marked notch on inner margin of base, not reaching quite to the end of l)ase ; inner branch a little shorter than the terminal segment. Colour usually brownish, varying considerably in depth of tint, usually with wavy markings of a lighter colour on each side of median line. Length up to 1.5 mm., breadth about 7 mm., height 3".5 mm. Habitat. — Widely distributed in North Island ; also found at Greymouth and Kenepuru. Remarks. — This is a widely-spread species, and appears to show considerable variation. It is quite possible that I am including under it forms that others might look upon as separate species, but my difficulty has been that if I divide it up at all, I TEREESTKIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. 146 would require to establish at least four or five new species for its members, and I shrink from such an undertaking. In specimens that I look upon as typical forms tlie whole surface of the head and body is smooth, the ridge along the front of the eephalon is not very prominent, especially in the centre, the end of the last segment is nearly straight (corners rounded) and with indication of a slight emargination in the centre, and the " tooth " on the inner side of the lateral margin of the first segment, and the small tubercle on that of the second, are fairly distinct. I have some specimens from Greymouth, where the ridge along anterior border of head is much move pronounced, the "tooth" and " tubercle " less evident, end of last segment slightly rounded with no indication of emargination ; the surface of the head, moreover, presents some slight irregularities, and there are a few indistinct wavy elevations on the sides of the median line of the bodv • the central part of the last segment is a little raised, though hardly sufficient to be called ridged, and the basal portion of the last segment, and the epimeral portions of the third to fifth segments of the metasome, are rather broader than in the type. Two specimens from Wauganui in Mr. Thomson's collection agree with these Grey- mouth specimens in the ridge on the anterior margin of eephalon, and in the " tooth and tubercle," but the epimeral portions of metasome and the basal portion of the uropoda are fully as narrow as in the typical specimens ; the end of last segment is quite squarely truncate, and the whole body is nearly smooth. In these two specimens the inner branch of the uropoda is shorter than in any other I have seen. Specimens from other localities show other combinations of these various characters, and on the whole I think it wisest to consider them all as belonging to one species. 2. Akmadillo Dan^, Heller. Splierillo dana, Holler, Reise der Novara, p. 134, pi. xii. fig. 4 (1865). Armadillo inconspkuus, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 22a (187(i); Cat. N. Z. Crust. p. 95, pi. ii. fig. 4 (1876). SpheriUo dancs et Armadillu inconspicuus , Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. lust. .wiii. p. J5'J (1880). Armadillo dame, Butlde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 39 (1885). Armadillo inconspicuus, Budde-Luud, /. c. p. 39 (1885). Armadillo inconspicuus, Filhol, Mission de I'llc Campbell, p. 439 (1885). SpheriUo dance, Filhol, /. c. p. 440 (1885). Specific deso'ipHor/ . — In the eephalon surface and general appearance closely re- sembling A. amhitiosus. Posterior border of first segment of metasome only very slightly produced backwards, that of others straight. Lateral margin of first segment with a narrow groove extending along its whole length, becoming shallower anteriorly, second segment also with lateral margin deeply grooved. Segments of metasome short, epimeral portions less elongated than in A. ambitioims, terminal segment a little broader at base than at tiie extremity, end truncate, slightly rounded. Basal [)ortion of uropoda M'ith exposed portion small, end rounded, outer ramus minute, inner ramus reaching very nearly to the end of last segment. Colour brownish, with lighter wavy markings on each side the median line. Length about 10 mm. 146 DR. C. CHILTON ON THE Habitat. — Takapuna, Auckland (L. Hames) ; Auckland (Heller), Bay of Islands (Dana). Filhol says that he has found this species in great abundance in the North Island, and that it becomes less and less abundant towards the south, tliough he gathered a few examples of it on Stewart Island. The statement as to the greater abundance in the north is also true of Armadillo inconspicims, which this species closely resembles, and there is nothing to show definitely that Filhol distinguished the one from the other. I have a single specimen of this species before me from Takapuna, Auckland, and have no difficulty whatever in identifying it with A. inconspicuus, Miers. It also agrees very well with Heller's description, if we remember that the part he speaks of as the outer branch of the uropoda is the outer distal portion of the base, and that his " inner branch " is really the outer, though, as usual in this genus, arising from the inner margin of the produced portion of the base. In colour and general appearance this species is very like A. ambit iosiis, Budde- Lund, but it may be readily distinguished from that species by the groove on the lower margin of the fii'st segment of the mesosome, and by the minute outer branch of the uropoda. 3. Armadillo speciosus, Dana. (PL 16. fig. 6.) Armadillo speciosus, Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. p. 718, pi. 47. fig. 2 (1853). Armadillo speciosus, Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 95 (1876). Armadillo speciosus, Budde-Luud, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 39 (1885). Armadiilo speciosus, Filhol, Mission de I'ile Campbell, p. 439 (1885). Specific description. — Body very convex. Ce])halon with frontal margin raised, a little interrupted in the centre. Segments of mesosome each with transverse row of indistinct tubercles or granules ; inferior margin of first segment simple, curving a little outwards. Segments of metasome in close contact, the last nearly as broad at apex as at the base; sides concave, posterior margin straight. Uropoda with the outer joint minute, rudimentary, inner branch slender, extending to the end of last segment. Colour light reddish brown, with darker markings. Length about 6 mm. Habitat. — Bay of Islands {Dana)\ Chatham Islands {Hutton). Remarks.- — I have three or four specimens (mostly imperfect) from Cliatham Islands that I have little hesitation in assigning to Dana's species. He describes his genus Armadillo as having the external ramus of the uropods obsolete, and figures his species A- speciosus in accordance witii this view. It is true that in the specimens before me the outer branch is present, but it is so minute that it would be impossible to show it in a figure the same size as that which Dana gives of the whole animal, and it would be diflicult to see it with the magnifying power likely to be used for making such a drawing, while in the view of the uropoda from beneath, which is the one shown in Dana's enlarged figure, it is quite concealed. In other respects it agrees so well with Dana's descrijjtion and figure that I identify it without much hesitation with his species. It can be readily distinguished from A. dance. Heller, which it otherwise greatly resembles, by the absence of a groove on the inferior margin of the first segment of the TEREESTKIAL ISOPOUA OF XEW ZEAL.AJVU. 147 mesosome. The specimens from Nelson, Welliug-toii, &c., jji^eviously identified with this species hy Mr. Thomson and myself *, do not bclont^' to this species, but to Armadillo (imhitiosus, Bndde-Lnnd. 4. AiiAiADiLLO iiUGULOSTFS, Miers, 1870. (PI. 16. iig. 7.) Cubaris rugulosus, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, xvii. p. '.l'l~i (1876) ; Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 9(5, pi. ii. fi-. f) (187G). Cubans ruijulusiis, Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xv. p. 73 (18.S2). Annadillo riii/ii/nsns, Buddc-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 40 (188.J). Cubaris rugulosus, Filhol, Mission de File Campbell, p. ilO (1885). Cubaris rugulosus, Thomson & Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 158 (1888). Specific description. — Body moderately convex, surface of segments uneven, faintly rugose. Head hroad and transverse, front margin revolute, first segment of mesosome with two shallow depressions diverging anteriorly on the anterior part of the uj)])er surface ; posterior margin sinuous, angles produced backwards; lower posterior max'gin with a notch for reception of succeeding segment, the notch not extending along the inferior margin ; second segment similarly notched. Dorsal surface of segments of mesosome often with a slight groove parallel to posterior margin ; the second, third, and fourth narrowed at sides with inferior margins rounded ; fifth, sixth, and seventli broader, with inferior margins truncate. Metasome with terminal segment broadest at base, sides at first suddenly converging, then parallel or slightly divergent, extremity square truncate. Antennae finely hirsute, flagelluin shorter than fifth joint of peduncle, second joint three times as long as the first. Uropoda with outer branch small, not quite reaching to the end of last segment; inner branch short, reaching halfway from its base to end of last segment. Colour light brown, Avith variegated markings of a rich reddish brown, some speci- mens very dark. Length about 6 mm. Huhitut. — Very abundant in Sotith Island. Bemarks. — This species is much smaller than either of the two preceding, and may generally be readily distinguished from them by the difi'ereut character of the notches in the; posterior lateral margins of the first and second segments of mesosome. I have, however, some specimens from Kenepuru in which these notches are less marked, and the inner branch of the uropoda is a little longer tlian usual, and the colour is rather greyish. The specimens are not very well preserved, and I prefer for the meantime to consider them merely as a variety of the species imder consideration. The oblique depressions on the first segment of the metasome described by Miers are generally present, but are more distinct in some specimens than in others ; they are also ]n-esent in some specimens of Armadillo anibitiosus, Budde-Lund, and are probably more or less the necessary consequence of the head fitting in to the first segment when the animal is rolled up, and are therefore probably of little classificatory value. In some specimens the irregularities on the dorsal surface are more distinct than in others, and * Trans. X. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 15y. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. ^2 148 DR. C. CHILTON ON THE tliey may even give the appearance of a poorly-marked transverse row of small tubercles on the segments of the metasome ; it is perhaps sijecimens of this kind that Heller described under the name Spherillo monolinus, but as he says nothing about the notches on the inferior margins of the first two segments of the metasome, I do not feel justitied in definitely identifying our species with liis. 5. Armadillo monolinus, Dana, 1853. Spherillo monolinus, Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, ii. p. 719, pi. 47, fig. 3 (1853). Spherillo monolinus, Heller, Voy. Novara, Crust, p. 135 (18G5). Armadillo Aucklundicus, Budde-Luiid, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 40 (1885). I have seen no specimens that I could refer to this species. Dana describes it as follows : — " Head arcuate in front. Segments of thorax transversely marked with a beaded ridge and laterally truncate, anterior segment longest and marked with two beaded ridges. Abdomen semicircular, third, fourth, and fifth segments laterally obtuse, tlie last with a nearly subquadrate apex, and much broader at base. Caudal appendages subtriangular, shorter than breadth at base, inner margin broadly excavate. Antennae nearly naked, flagellum hardly shorter than preceding joint. Length 4 lines." Dana's specimens were obtained at " Wykare River, near Bay of Islands." Heller describes a specimen from Auckland, and at the end of bis description says: " I denote this species as ^S*. monolinus" without making it clear whether he is referring it to Dana's species or giving it as a new species, using by inadvertence the same name. Budde-Lund supposes Heller's species to be new, and therefore changes the name to Aucklandicus. I tliink, however, that it is more likely that Heller intended to refer his specimen to Dana's species, and there is nothing in his description inconsistent with this supposition ; Miers had evidently taken this to be Heller's intention, but curiously enough he docs not give the reference to Heller's descrij)tion, though he quotes it for the habitat when describing Spherillo monolinns, Dana. It is possible that this species may be the same as A. I'/if/idosws, Miers. 6. Armadillo Hamiltoni, sp. nov. " Remarkably sculptured Terrestrial Isopod." — G. M. Thompson, Annals & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xii. p. 225, pi. iv. Specific description. — Oblong-oval, breadth rather more than half the length, epimeral portions greatly developed and projecting downwards and outwards, central part greatly raised above the epimera and richly supplied with spines and crests. Cephaloa with the dorsal surface produced forwards into a thin jilate ))rojecting far over the bases of the antcnnte ; from the dorsal surface of the ceplialon arise two transverse lateral crests or flanges, which project horizontally forwards as far as the central prolongation of the vertex ; the posterior margin of the cephalon is curved upwards, and a little exterior to the median line is produced upwards into a conical tooth ; the posterior margins of each segment of the mesosome is similarly produced upwards and somewhat backwards into two teeth, those on the seventh segment being very large and prominent ; the first TEREESTRIAL ISOPODA OF jVEW ZEALAND. lid segment has two pairs, and each of the other six segments one jmir, of conical teeth or spines arising at right angles to the dorsal surface and situated in the same longitudinal lines as the teeth already described. More laterally each of the first six segments l)ears on each side two thin crests arranged in two longitudinal lines, but the crests of each segment widely separated from tliose of the coutiguous segments ; in the seventh segment the outer pair of crests is represented only by small spines. External to the outer row of crests each segment bears tAAO or three small tubercles or spines, wliich are concealed in dorsal view by the outer row of crests. Epimera very largely developed and projecting someAvbat horizontally, that of the first segment much larger than any of the others ; first two segments of raetasome concealed in dorsal view by the projecting liinder margin of the last segment of the mesosome ; each of the third to fifth segments has tbe binder margin produced into two teeth similar to those in the mesosome but smaller ; these teeth increase in size from tbe thii'd to fifth segment. From the centre of the terminal segment arises a small keel projecting backwards, and ending in a sharp tooth ; the epimera of the third to fifth segments are very long and narrow ; liinder margin of terminal segment straight, not much narrower than the base ; sides concave. Eyes of moderate size, convex, of about twenty facets. Antennul;« and antennas not observed. Uropoda with the lateral portion of the joint long and narrow, end rounded, outer branch narrow, fully three times as long as broad, arising from a well-marked notch in the inner margin of the base, not reacbing to the end of tbe terminal segment, ending in a small seta ; inner branch very short, scarcely reaching as far as the base of the outer branch. Colour a rich brown, with niimerous markings of a darker brown. Length 6 mm. Habitat. — Petane, near Napier [A. Hamiltorb). Remarks. — In accordance with a wish expressed by Mr. G. M. Thomson, I gladly name this species after its discoverer, Mr. A. Hamilton. I have only the dried specimen originally described and figured, but not named, by Mr. Thomson, but it is, I think, sufiicient to show that the species may, provisionally at any rate, be placed under Armadillo. The wealth of crests cind spines or teeth on the dorsal surface is quite extraordinary, and I fear tbat the description Avill convey a very inadequate idea of the actual specimen ; a better idea may be got by consulting Mr. Thomson's figures. Mr. Thomson describes tbe legs as " very feebly developed and, as far as 1 could make out, appear to want the dactylos." There are no legs now attached to the specimen, but in the tube I found two fragments possessing normal dactyla similar to those found in other species of Armadillo. 7. Armadillo Macmahoni, sp. nov. (PI. 16. tig. B.) Specific descrijdion. — Body convex, tuberculated and setose, especially on the tubercles ; surface with depressed hexagonal markings. Cephalon with the dorsal surface roughened, somewhat setose, front with well-marked transverse ridge, a little lower in the middle. Eirst segment of mesosome with inferior margin revolute anteriorly, posterior portion deeply notched, second segment also notched, but with the inner lip of the notch not 150 DK. C. CHILTON ON THE reachiu^ downwai-cls so far as lower margin. The mesosome bears four longitudinal rows of tubercles (/. e., from tubercles on each segment), the two inner rows a little external to the median line, the other two more lateral ; on the anterior segments the tubercles are not very prominent, but on the succeeding segments they become larger and more prominent and project slightly backwards ; on the seventh segment the two medicin tubercles are very large and project backwards over the metasorae, while the lateral tubercles are pooi'ly marked and form only slight elevations at the outer side of the base of the others. The tubercles are covered especially near the apex with numerons stiff setae. Shorter setae are also found on the rest of the surface, and some of them, especially along the posterior margins of the segments, are broad and scale-like. Metasome witli an indistinct median ridge formed by a setose tubercle on each of the last four segments, that on the fifth the largest ; first and second segments short, the first almost concealed by the preceding segment, all the segments of mesosome fitting closely together ; terminal segment much broader than long, sides concave, posterior margin slightly convex. Eyes rather small, of about ten ocelli. Antennae short. Uropoda with base fitting closely into the space between the side-plates of the fifth segment and the terminal segment ; outer branch very minute, not projecting beyond the inner margin of the base, inner branch reaching about to end of last segment. Colour brown. Length about 6 mm. Habitat. — Keuepuru, Marlborough, in the bush [MacIIahon). 'Remarks. — I take pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. Joseph MacMahon, to whom I am indebted for many Terrestrial Isopoda collected at Keuepuru. 8. Aemauillo spinosus, Dana, 1853. Upherillo spinosus, Dana, U. S. Explon Exped., Crust, ii. p. 72.3, pi. 47, tig. G (1853). SpherUlo spinosus, Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust, p. 97 (1876). Armadillo spinosus, Buddc-Luiid, Isopoda Terrestria, p. (1885). Spherillo spinosus, Thomson & Chilton, Traus. N. Z. Inst, xviii. p. 159 (1885, The folloAving is Dana's description of this S2)ecics : — " Body bristled throughout with subacute spines, margin either side a little produced and segments laterally truncate. Head nearly trapezial, arcuate in front, and a little broader than behind. Eirst segment of thorax largest ; segments of abdomen laterally obtuse, the last subquadrate, not broader at base, truncate at apex. " New Zealand, near Bay of Islands (Coll. Dr. C. Pickering; Dana). Under bark of pine-trees." Remarks. — I have seen no specimens of this species, but it appears to come near A. MacMuhoni, differing, however, in having the spines much more nvimerous and more acute. TERRESTRIAL LSOPODA OF XEW ZEALAND. 151 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Jleferoice Lcftcvs. a' = aiiteniuila. a" = antciniii. c = rephaloii. /.,«. = labrum superior. /./. = labnim inferior. M.dex. = right iiiaiidiblc M.sin. = left uiaiulil)lc. vur' & m.r- = 1st and 2iul maxillie. iiKijj. = inaxillipede (outer, /'./'., posterior or iiiulrr aspect) . m.rp* = maxillipcde (inner, i.e., anterior or uppei' aspect). prn = pereion (or niesosoine). y,'--' ■ ■ . ; = 1st, .'2nd, ;5rd .... 7tli lej;-. jA', &C. = extremity of 1st leg, &e. J// = pleon (or luetasonie). plp^'^, &c. = 1st, ,2nd pleopod (anterior aspect). /)///•""*, &c. = 1st pleopod, &c. (posterior aspect). urp = uropod. [Wliere necessary, the sex is indicated l)y the sign (^ or % jjlaceil after the letters as above.] Plate XL Fig. 1. Lhi'ia )i(iV(i'-:ciihnidi(P, Dana. Dorsal view of whole animal and details. Platk XII. Fig. 1. Trichoni.icus phormianus , sp. nov. Porsal view and details. 2. Trichoniscus otakeiisis, sp. nov. Dorsal and side views of female, dorsal view of male, and enlarged view of head and antennic of female. '3. Haplop/i//i(i/juus Hebii.ti'i, sp. nov. Dorsal view and details. I'LATK XIII. Fig. 1. Tricliuii'isnoi Tlioiiisuui, Chiltdn. Dorsal view and details. 2. Tylo.i iK'ozclan'icus, s|). nov. Siih; view and details. Pl.ATK XIV. Fig. 1. Scyplioiiiscus ivaitaieii.iis, nov. gen. et sp. Dorsal view and details. 2. Scypha.v ornatif.t, Dana. Dorsal view and details. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. -3 152 DH. C. CHILTON ON THE TERRESTRIAL LSOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. Plate XV. Fio-. 1. Scyphux ornatus, Daua (coutiuued). Details. 2. Scyphax (?) aucklandite, G. M. Thomson. Dorsal view and details. 3. Actacia euchroa, Dana. Dorsal view and detail-s. 4. ActeBCJa opihensis, sp. nov. Dorsal view of pleon and details. Plate XVI. Fig. 1. ActtBcia opihensis, sp. nov. (continued). Details. 2. Oniscus punctatus, G. M. Thomson. Details. 3. Oniscus kenepurensis, sp. nov. Dorsal view and details. 4. Phiioscia pubescem, Dana. Details. 5. Armadillo ambitiosus, Budde-Lund. Antenna and terminal portion of pleon. 6. Armadillo speciosus, Dana. Terminal portion of pleon. 7. Armadillo rugulosus, Miers. View from below of lower margins of 1st and 2ud segments of pereiou. 8. Armadillo Macmahoni, sp. nov. Dorsal and side views and dorsal view of pleou and details. AUG 3; ^^j [ 152* ] TEKRESTKIAL ISOPODA OF NEW ZEALAND. (Trans. Linn. Soc, '2nd scr. Zool. vol. viii. pt. 4.) EKRATA. Page 10;}, line 7 from top, delete the comma after " portion." from bottom, insert a comma after " lamellar." 17 from tup, for " (ilo/icridie " read " Glo?»erid8e." „ for " with " riiiid " without." ,. for " eggs " read " eyes.'' ,, for " Hayer ' read " llarger." ,, for " Hayer " read " Harger." „ for " occasionally " read •' provisionally." ,, /(/(■ " vein "' read " view." „ for " but with apex " read " both with apex." ,, /"/• '• Hayer "' read " Harger." „ /;/■ "eggs '■ read " eyes." „ between lines 'A & 4 from bottom insert : — " Cylloma oculattnn. Budde-Limd, Isopoda Terrestria. p. 46 (1885)." 131, line 11 from bottom, /<«• ••extremities" read " antenniilse." 138, „ 14 Ironi top, /()(■" p. 144" /■««/'■ ji. 444." 14.5, „ 14 ,. /or " last segment " j-('((rf " uropoda." 148, „ 2 ,, /oy "metasome '" >-«a(Z •' mesosome." l.")!, „ 18 „ for "yj/yj '■<"'■", &e. " read '' pJp '■-'*, &c." 104, 51 ■-> , 17 105, , 4 114, - 17 122, , 10 123, , 27 i» , 35 126, 22 127, , 9 130, , 26 )» » , 34 LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ME Jl o 1 ; A X DA CONCERN I^'G TK ANSA CTIONS. The First Series of tlif Traiisaetiuiis, containing botli Botanical and Zoological contributious, has been completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or ['arts to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and •!«. to J'ellows ; to V'ols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3.?. to Fellows. The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. Tlie prices of the Zoological parts of these which have been published are as undermentioned (for the Botanical parts see Botanical wrapper) : — \'oltiiiie. 1. Part Part Part Part Part Part Part Part II. Part Part Part Part Part Part Part I 'art Part Part Part Part Part Part Part Part Part Part III. Part Part Part Part Part Part IV. Part Part Part Si;ciiM) Seriks. — ZoOLocT. \A'Iien Price to t})e I'ublishi-d. Public-. X .s: (/. I. ISTo 1 4 . II. 1875 (; . III. 1876 1 8 . IV. 1877 16 . V. 1877 18 . VI. 1877 1 2 U . VII. 1878 1 16 . VIll. 1879 1 n . I. 1879 1 4 . II. 1881 15 . 111. 1882 1 8 . IV. 1S82 7 6 . V. .1882 3 . VI. 1883 1 . VII. 1883 5 . VIII. 1883 8 . IX. 1883 3 . X. 1884 4 6 . XI. 1884 1(1 . XII. 1885 6 Xlll. 1884 (I 6 (I . .XIV. 1885 (i . XV. 1885 4 6 . XVI. 1885 5 . XVII. 1886 (» 3 . XVI II. 1888 2 6 . 1. 1884 1 14 . II. 1884 112 . III. 1885 110 . IV. 188.') 8 . V. 1887 8 . VI. 1888 G , I. 1880 1 4 . II. 1887 1 8 . 111. 1888 10 . Price to Kelloiv 8. £ s. ,1. 18 4 6 I 1 1 12 i:i B 16 fi, 1 7 15 18 n 6 1 1 (1 2 3 1.^, (1 :>, 9 2 3 2 3 ! 3 fi II 7 6 II -1 6 II 4 6 (.1 4 3 6 II ;! 9 2 3 -J (1 1 5 1 4 (■> (1 1 2 i; r, ; 4 6 18 1 1 12 Second Series. — Zooi.obv (coiiiin Wla-n Price t.i the ^''''""*'- P„l,l,»l,.,i. I'ubl.c. X ,v. ,1. V. Part I. 1888 n 12 (i Part II. 1888 n 5 Part HI. 1889 1 7 o Part IV. 1890 U 1 2 n Part V. 1890 6 Part VI. 1891 12 Part VII. 1891 6 Part V [II. 1892 o 8 U Part IX. 1892. ... 12 Part X. 1893. ... 1 8 Part XI. 1894 (I 2 6 VI. Part I. 1894 2 n Part II. 1894 Ill o Part III. 1894 n in n Part IV. 1896 1 4 ii Fart V. 1896 lo (i Part VI. 1896 8 " Part VII. 1896. . . . 12 PartVIII. 1S97 2 6 VII. Part 1. 1896 10 Part II. 1897 U 12 u Part III. 1897 6 (• Part IV. 1S98 10 Part V. 1898 18 Part VI. 1898 13 Part VII. 1899 (i 18 o PartVIII. 1899. . ..0 1:.' o Part IX. 1899 1 o o Part X. 1900 6 Part XI. 1900 2 9 VIII. Part 1. 19i.i0 10 Part II. 1900 10 Part III. 1900 10 Part IV. 1901 14 lei/ ). Price o FelluwB. £ ... il. . II 9 . :'. y . 1 . !) V . U 4 6 . 9 . 4 6 . 6 11 . 9 . 1 1 () . 2 . 1 10 . 1 3 3 . 7 6 . 18 II . 7 6 . 6 .11 9 . 2 . 7 6 . 9 . 4 6 . 7 6 l;i 6 . 9 9 . 13 (1 . 9 . 15 . 4 G . 2 . 7 6 . 7 6 . 7 6 . . 10 G 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY.] [VOL. VIII. PART 5. THE TRANSACTIONS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ETUDE D'UIS'E ESPECE NOUVELLE 1)E LEPADIDES {Scalpellum giganteum, n. sp.) et de Poecilasma carinatum, Hoek. PAK A. GRUVEL, FACULTY DES SCIENCES, BORDEAUX. (Communique par !\1. Ic Pnif. Ct. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) ^L O N D O N : PIUNTKl) FOR THE I.rXNKAN SOCIKTV HV 1 WI.OK AND KKANCIS, KKII I, ION COrKT. KI.KKT SlUKKT. SOLD .\T THE society's .VPARTMENIS, HUKUNGTOX-llOL SE. I'lCCAlMlLY, AV., ANO HV r.ON(iM\NS, ORKEX, ANT) CO., rATERXO.SrEK-l!0\V. Jiiipisl 1.001. AUG -^^ i<5n? V. Etude d'taie Espcce nouvelle de Lepadidos (Scalpollum gjiganteum, n. sp.) et de Poecilasma Cfu-inatum, Tloel;. Far Monsieur A. Gruvel, Charge d'un Conrs de Zoologie a la Faaulte des Sciences de Bordeaux. [Communique par M. Ic Pi'ofosscur Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Planche'^17.) Lu le '2.1 fovrier, IDOl. J E clois a la haute bienveillance de Monsieur le Professeur Hay Lankestcr, Directcur clu British Museum (Nat. Hist.), et a ramahilite de son collahorateur, Monsieur Jeffrey Bell, de pouvoir deerire aujourd'hui la plus grande espece actuellement couuue ajjpartenant au genre Scalpellitm. C'est a cause de ses dimensions relativement con- siderables que je propose de lui donner le nom de Sc. gigantetmi. Sur le pedoncule de I'un des echantillons, se trouvait fixe un Poecilasma que I'etude m'a dcmontre etre P. carinatum, decrit par lloek, dans son " K-eport on the Cirripedia " du ' Challenger.' La comj^araison que j'en ai pu faire avee les echantillons types de Hoek au British Museum, ne m'ont laisse aucun doute a cet egard. Jc reviendrai du reste plus loin sur quelques-uns des caracteres de cette espece. ScALPELLUM GIGANTEUM, n. sp. (Blanche 17. fig. 1.) Diagnose. — Quatorze plaques cajiitulaires, entiercment calcifiees, recouvertes, presque completement, par une opaisse cuticule chitineuse, I'apex seul faisant saillie en dehors. Limite exacte des plaqiies impossible a determiner sans enlever la cuticule ; ces plaques sont largement separees les unes des autres. Ciipitulum aplati siirtout vers le sommet, carene reguHerement courbe, umbo a I'apex. Umbo des plaques careno-laterales tr^s rapproche de la base, recourbc en avant et n'atteignant pas le bord externe de la carene. E-ostre ovale, entierement cache sous la cuticule. Pedoncule aussi long que le capitulum, li pen pres regulierement cylindrique, orne de six series longitudinales et alternes, d'ecailles allougoes transvcrsalement, non imbriquces, chaque rangee longitudinale comprenant de 10 a 12 ecailles recouvertes par la cuticule. Dimensions: — Longueur du capitulum, 15 mm.; largcur, 32 mm. Longueur du pedoncule, 45 mm. ; largeni-, 15 mm. Cette espece est voisine de Sc. regiinn, Hoek, et Sc. Darwinii, Hoek, mais elle s'en distingue nettement par un certain nombre de caracteres et en particulier la forme des plaques et des ecailles. Je I'ai designee sous le nom de Sc. gigantemn, car c'est la plus grande espece actuellement connue. CapiMim. — Le capitulum est aplati, beaucoup plus vers le sommet que vers la Ijase. Vu par le cote, il represente un triangle curviligne, presque isocele (le cote dorsal etant cepeudant un pen plus long que le cote ventral), dont les deux cotes seraicnt convexes ct la SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGV, VOL. YIII. 24 154 MOXS. A. GRUVEL— ETUDE DVIS'E, base legcrement concave. Le borcl anterieur forme uno ligne ;\ pen pres rcgvilierement eonvexe. Les quatoi-7,e plac^iies qu'il porte sent largement separees les unes des autres, surtout les principales, et noyees clans une epaisse cuticule chitiueuse jaunjitre sale, un pen comme chez Sc. sqimmulifcrum, Weltner, mais la cuticule a ici une epaisseur bien plus consider- able. II est impossible de se rendrc uu compte exact de la forme et de la disposition de ces plaques si on n'enleve pas, au prealable, la plus grande partie de la cuticule qui les recouvre et qui, se poui-suivant entre elles, sert a les unir les unes aux autres. Les stries d'accroissement des plaques sont, du reste, parfaitenient nettes sur la cuticule. Celle-ci est couverte de nombreux poils courts fortement barbelcs, de petites vermes cbitineuses couvertes de poils tres courts et enfin par de nombreux tubercules cliitincux, plus fortement colores que le i^este de la cuticule et dissemines d'une fagon assez dense mais irregulierement. Le tout produit au doigt, quand on le passe sur le capitulum, la sensation qu'on eprouve en passant le doigt sur un velours un pen raide. La cuticule se poursuit, du reste, sur le pedoncule, sans modification appreciable dans sa structure. Tergtmi. — Forme irregulierement quadrangulaire. Bord anterieur eonvexe ; bord scutal eonvexe dans sa partie inferieure, concave dans sa partie superieure et termine anterieurement par nn tres court espace rectiligne. Bord carenal droit et bord careno- apical legerement concave, ce qvii fait que I'apex qui est droit, semble, cependant, legerement recourbe en arriere. Une arete nette unit I'apex a I'augle inforieur, les stries d'accroissement sont nettement visibles. (PI. 17. fig. 2.) Scutum. — A peu pres triangulaire, bord anterieur eonvexe, bord inferieur tres legere- ment eonvexe aiissi, enfin bord latero-tergal eonvexe sur ses § inferieurs et concave sur son ^ superieur, ce qui fait que I'apex qui est droit, semble aussi legerement recourbe en arriere. La longvieur du bord inferieur n'egale pas la h de celle du bord anterieur. Une arete nette va de I'apex a Tangle infero-interne ; stries d'accroissement bien marquees. (PI. 17. fig. 2.) Carene. — Regulierement courbe ; umbo a Tapex qui ne fait jias saillie entre les terga. Bord dorsal eonvexe, ainsi que les bords lateraux. Le bord basal est fortement eonvexe et son angle inferieur, mousse, n'atteint j)as le sommet des pieces careno-laterales. Concave a sa partie interne, elle va en s'elargissant rc%ulierement du sommet vers la base. (Pig. 2.) Plaque Jaterale siqu'rieure. — Irregulierement quadrilatere ; bord tergal droit, bord scutal fortement excave, ce qui fait saillir I'apex en avaiit ; les bords posterieur et inferieur sont regulierement courbe et se coupeut a angle tres arrondi. (Pig. 2.) JRostre. — Petit et ovale ; bords lateraux caches par le sommet et les bords internes tres concaves des pieces rostro-laterales. II est, du reste, entierement masque par la cuticule. Plaque rostro-lateralc. — AUougee, etroite, plus large dans sa partie anterieure que dans sa partie posterieure. Le bord rostral est concave et delimite, avec son congencre, un espace ovale oil se place la partie centrale du rostre. Cette piece rostro-laterale est inclinee en avant. ESPECE XOUVELLE DE LKPADIDES. 155 Plaque mfra-medio laterale. — De forme triaugulaive ; le Ijord iiiferieuv est Ic plus lon^-, l^uis le bord j^ostei'ieur et eufiu le bord anterictir. A})cx dirige vers le sommet du capituhiui. Plaque careuo-laterale. — Allongee, etroite, inclinee en arriere. Apex fortement I'ecourbe en haut et en avant et n'atteignant pas le bord inferieur ni le bord externe de la carene. Umbo tres rapproche de la base. Le bord inf(''ro-dorsal est arrondi et egal environ a une fois et demi la longueur du bord superieur. Quant au bord carenal, il est tres concave et sa longueur depasse uu pen la moitie de celle du bord superieur. Les limites de la cliitine qui borde les plaques ne correspondent pas du tout comme forme et comme disposition il celles des plaques elles-momes. Cette limite est, dureste, pour les plaques inferieures, tres diflicile k determiner. Les descriptions que nous venous de donner portent sur les pieces calcaires seulement, telles qu'on les aperyoit ajjres avoir enleve la cbitine qui les recouvre (fig. 2). Dans la fig. 1 les animaux sont repre- sentes tels qu'on les trouve, c'est a dire entierement reconverts par la chitine. Longueur du capitulum, 45 mm. ; largeur, 32 mm. ; epaisseur max., IG mm. Pedoncule. — Aussi long que le capitulum et presque aussi large. De I'orme a peupres rcgulierement cylindrique, mais cependant legerement dilatee vers le capitulum et vers la base. II est orne de six series longitudinales et alternes d'ecailles allongces transver- salenient, non imbriquees et separces, d'une serie a I'autre, par un espace chitineux assez large, cliaque serie longitudinale comptant de 10 a 12 ecailles en general entierement recouvertes par la cuticule, mais quelques luies out leur bord lil)re erode et mis a nu. L'ecaille apparait alors, tres blanche. Longueur du pedoucide, 45 mm. ; largeur, 15 mm. Bonche. — Le labre est fortement saillant en avant [lab, figs. 7 et 8). Vu de face, il a un peu la i'orme d'une couj)c ; la partie anterieure est arrondie et se trouve scparee par un retrecissement de la partie posterieur ecrasee ; le bord posterieur est echancre en son milieu pour recevoir les extrcmites des autres pieces masticatrices. Ce bord ne porte, du reste, aucune espece d'ornements. Les PaJpes (fig. 3) sont aplatis en lames et ornes vers les extrcmites libres et les parties superiem-e et inferieure de soles assez courtes et fortement barbelees. L'epitlieiium est charge de nombreuses cellules j)igmentaires d'un bruii noir et disposees avec assez de regularite. Les MancUbnles (fig. 4) portent trois dents, dont la superieure est la plus longue et la plus forte ; elle est un peu pkxs eloignee de la deuxieme que celle-ci de la troisit-me. L'angle inferieur est saillant et garni de soies courtes et robustes ; les plus hmguos sont situes fi I'extremite. Les Mdchoires (fig. 5) presentent ime forte dent suj)erieure, suivie de nombreuses dents, formant une dizaine de rangees de plus en plus courtes et faibles. Entre celles-ci s'en trouvent d'autres fines et non rigides. II u'existe pas d'encoche sur le bord fibre, qui est d'abord legerement concave dans sa moitie superieure, mis legerement convexe dans sa moitie inferieure. Le bord superieur des pieces porte des soies longues et flexibles. Aucune n'est barbclee. 24* 156 MONS. A. GRUVEL— ETUDE D'UNE Enfin les Palpes de la levre inferieure (fig. 6) sont les i:)irces les plus larges de raj)pai'eil masticateiiiv Leur bord libre pruseute une legere eucoclie en son milieu et cette encoclie determine ainsi la formation d'une saillie superieure et d'une inferieure, portant chacune une toufi'e de soies, barbelees d'une fa§on identique a celle des soies des palpes de la levre superieure. Sur le bord superieur, il existe aussi des soies beaucoup plus longues, plus fines, et egalement irregulieres et barbelees. Cirrhes. — Les cirrbes sont, en general, assez longs et robustes. l'"" paire : Kames inegales, I'anterieure avee 12 articles ; c'est le 1' a partir de la base qui atteint le maximum de largeur. lis sont garnis de soies nombreuses et assez courtes sur toute la surface interne et sur les bords anterieur et posterieur. La rame posterieure porte 16 articles, et la region moyenne, qui est la plus large, a une largeur egale, environ, a la moiti^ de celle du 4" article de la l"' rame. Les soies sont disposes de la meme fa^on. La 2" paire est legerement separee de la l''^ Les rames sont a pen pres ogales, cependant la posterievire depasse I'anterieure des 4 derniers articles extremement courts. La rame anterieure porte 31 articles. Les 3% 4" et 5'' paires de cirrhes sont semblables a la 2''. Quant a la 6'" paire : la rame posterieure, qui possede 48 articles et a 50 mm. de long., depasse I'anterieure des deux derniers. Les soies qui les garnissent anterieurenient sont longues, robustes et terminees en pointe tres fine a I'extremite ; elles sont disposees en 4 doubles rangees vers les articles terminaux. Posterieurement, a la limite des articles, se trouvent groupees 5 ou 6 soies courtes. Appendices ca/ulaux. — Formes cliacun de 4 articles, dont le basilaire egale en longueur les 3 autres. Les articles vont en s'elargissant vers I'extremite libre, de sorte que le dernier est le plus large et sa partie distale est, elle-meme, plus large que sa base, de plus elle est nettement tronqviee (fig. 8'). A la limite des articles, du e6te interne et du cote externe, se trouvent des groupes de soies dont les plus longues sont celles de I'article terminal, et leur longueur ne depasse pas celle de cet article lui-meme. Penis. — Retreci et recourbe a sa base, il reste a peu pres cylindrique sur la moitie de sa longueur. A partir de la, il s'amincit progressivement pour se terminer en j^ointe fine, mousse et ornee d'un petit bouquet de soies, soies que Ton retrouve dissemiiiees sur sa moitie termimile, irri'gulierement disposees. La longueur du penis, apres sejour dans I'alcool, est de 12i mm. Sur les cinq echantillons que j'ai eus a ma disposition, il m'a ete imj)ossible de decouvrir la moindre trace de males dits compUmentaires. Cette superbe espece, resemble un peu exterieurement et seulement en ce qui concerne le capitulum a So. squamulifermH, "Weltner, mais elle a des affinites bien plus grandes avec So. reglum, Hoek, et Sc. Dartdnii, Hoek, cependant les seuls caracteres des jilaques capitulaires et des ecailles pedoncvilaires sulfisent a les dilferencier nettement — ainsi que j'ai pu m'en rendre compte par 1' etude des echantillons memes du ' Challenger.' LocalUe. — Cotes de Cuba, par cinq cents brasses do fond. British Museum. ESPECE NOUVELLE DE LEPADIDES. 157 PCECILASMA CARINATUM, Hoek.* J'ai (lit, ail dcljiit dc cc travail, que j'ai rencontn'' sur Ic pedonculc dc Tun des eclian- tillons de tScalpellnni gu/antenvi, A. Gruvel, un Poic'dasina (|ue j'ai recounu iHre P. cariiou- tum, Hoek. Ceci m'a amenc a faire une etude complMe de cette especc que je vais rapporter ici, afin de complotcr quolques points laisses un peu daus I'Dmbre par Hoek. J'y cxjouterai quolques dessins, car il me jiarait ucccssaire de represeuter I'aspect des animaux que I'ou etudie avec une scrupuleuse exactitude. Les descriptions, aussi bien faites soient-elles, presentent toujours une elasticite d'interpretation que u'olfre pas le dessin ; rcxactitude des unes et de I'autre constituent done une condition uecessaire et indispensable pour permettre aux classiiicateurs, meme les plus scvupuleux, qui viennent ensuite, de commettre des erreurs involontaires et de les exposer a nommer des es2oeces une secoude fois. I)k((jnose. — Cinq plaques capitulaires. Carrne considerablement elargie a sa partie jnferieiu'e et tcrminee en un disque plein sans fourche differenciee. Dents umbonales du scutum trcs peu fortes ; bord careno-tergal du scutum ecbancre vers son tiers iuferieur pour recevoir les parties laterales du disque de la careue. Angle infcrieur des terga tronquc et a bord carenal sensiblement parallMc au bord occluseiu". Pedoncule court, atteignaut seulement le \ de la longueur du capitulum, sans ornements nets. Mandilnxles non semblables, trois dents a gauche et quatre a droite. Appendices caudaux uniarticules et de longueur egalant a peu pres le j ou le \ de la longueur du pedicelle de la 6'' paire de cirrhes. Dimensions du plus grand echantillon etudie: — Longueur du capitulum, 14 ram. ; largeur, 4^ mm. ; maximum d'epaisseur, 4 mm. Longueur du pedoncule, 2^ mm. ; largevir, 2 mm. Sabitat. — Cotes de Cuba, jjar un fond de 500 brasses. Collection du British Museum. Capiiidum. — Le capitulum etant environ trois fois aussi long que large, il en resulte qu'il presente une forme elancee bien plus accentuee que ne le represeute le dessin de Hoek. II est comprime lateralement vers sa region superieure, tandis que le maximum dcpaisseur se trouve vers le quart iuferieur environ. II est ornc de cinq plaques d'un blanc-creme, ne laissant entre elles aucun espace libre. Elles sont recouvertes par une trcs mince cuticule, sans autres ornements que quelques rares polls irregvilierement dissemines. On apercoit sur les plaques des striations trcs fines mais cependant nettes. Terya. — Les terga sont relativement tres pevi developpes ; I'apex est termine en pointe, le bord anterieur droit. Tangle basal tronque, le bord adjacent a la carene etant sensible- ment parallele au bord occluseur, mais la saillie de Tangle infcrieur du tergum vers le scutum est beaucoup moins marquee que ne le figure Hoek. Scuta. — Tres developpes par rapport aux autres plaques, mais non divises en deux, lis sont renfles vers le tiers iuferieur et surtout daus la region anterieurc. Lc bord anterieux ou occluseur est fortement saillant en avant, particulierement vers son tiers * Hoek, l{e])ort on the Cirripedia. Voyage of ' Challenger,' 1S83. 158 MONK. A. GRUVEL— ETUDE D'UKE superieur, mais il est cependant, a pcu pres regulierement courbe. Lc bord tergal est droit. Le bord basal trc-s etroit, a pen pn'-s comme le bord basal de la cart'ne qui lui est adjacent et qiii forme avec le premier une ligne legerement concave inferieurement, entouraut le sommet du pedoncule qui semble ainsi legerement detacho du ca2)itulum dans cette partie proximale. La particularite la plus caracteristique c'est que le bord carenal forme, dans son tiers inferieur, une concavitr destine a loger les bords lateraux du disque inferieur de la carene. Assez frequemment, on remarque, a la partie infero-interne des scuta, a une petite distance du bord basal, une ligne circulaii-e, limitant avec celui-ci, une surface legere- meut concave, un peu en saillie et portant des cannelures paralleles formant des denticu- lations a leur contact avec le bord basal. (Fig. 15.) A I'umbo de chaque scutum se trouve une dent interne tres peu accentuee, mais nette, cependant. Enfin la convcxitc des deux plaques scutales est ideutique. Carene. — La carene est courte. Son apex depasse de peu le niveau du milieu du bord dorsal du capitulum. La partie superieure est beaucoup plus etroite que Tinferieure, mais le minimum de largeur se trouve un peu au-dessus du disque basal. L'arete dorsale est saillante. La carene se dilate inferieurement pour former deux expansions aplaties, a bord libra arrondi et allant, cliacune, se placer dans une cavite correspondante des scuta. Vu du cote interne, il faut se representer ce disque, comme une sorte de trapeze isocele, plie en son milieu et se2)are du reste de la carene jjar un Ijord legerement concave et en relief (fig. 11). Dans ses regions mediane et laterales, cette partie du disque presente une surface ressemblant aussi a un trapeze isocele, a cotes a peu pres paralleles a ceux du premier et entierement en saillie siir la jiremiere surface. En son milieu, elle se prolonge inferieurement en une pointe mousse. Cette pointe, qui n'est pas figuree par Hoek, semble cependant normale. Exterieurement, de cbaque cote de l'arete dorsale, les lames du disque presentent parfois des cannelures paralleles, formant sur le bord basal des denticulations. La presence de ces cannelures concorde avec celle des memes ornements des scuta (fig. 16). Pedoncule. — Le pedoncule ne depasse pas en longueur le \ de celle du capitulum. II ne presente aucune trace d'annulation reguliere et la euticule qui le recouvre est simplement ornee par quelques polls courts et irreguliers. Bouclie. — Le Labre porte, sur son bord libre, quelques dents faibles et courtes. Les Paljjes de la lecre superieure sont allonges, subcouiques, avec quelques soies longues et fines sur leur bord dorsal et d'autres plus courtes et plus raides vers leur extremit(^ libre. Les Mandihules sont bien exactement celles decrites par Hoek, c'est Ji dire que la mandibule ^m«c7ce ne presente que trois dents, la troisieme formant deux jiointes saillantes entre lesquelles s'en trouvent de pins petites, tandis que la droite porte quatre dents, la quairieme etaut egalement bilobec, avec des pointes intermediaires moins accentuees. Ce ne serait done pas la une anomalie, comme Hoek etait en droit de le suj)poscr, ESPECE XOUVELLE DE LEPAUIDES. 159 mais bien une atrophic acquise d(''tinitiveraent. Quant a cc qui concerne les Machoires, je n'ai rien a ajouter ni a modifier a la description de Hock. Enfiu les Palpes de la levre iiiferieure sont aplatis, a bords autero-superieurs arrondis et portaut de longues soies greles et flexibles. Cirt'hcs. — D'une faeon generale, les cirrhes sont courts et, cependaut, restent greles. La premiere jiaire est situee a la base du mamelon buccal et se trouve legeremeut scparee de la deuxieme. V paire. Rames presque cgales ; I'anterieure jiossede 5) articles, la posterieure 10. L'article basilaire est le plus developpe eu longueur et en largeur. Les soies sont nombreuses, surtout aux extremitos et du cote interne, en avant et en arriere. 2'' pa'tro. Dans la majorite des cas, les rames sont semblables a droite et a gauche, leur longueur cgalant a peu pres deux fois celle de la rame posterieure de la l"' paire. Celles du meme c6te sont sensiblemcut egales avec 15 et 17 on 18 articles allonges. Mais dans quelqvies cas, il se produit du cote gauche une atrophic singuliere qui porte sur la rame posterieure. Tandis, en efifet, que la rame anterieure est normale, la posterieure est tres grele et j)lus courte meme que celles de la premiere j^aire de cirrhes. Les aiitres paires de cirrhes sont a j^eu pres identiques a la deuxieme paire normale, avec de 15 a 18 articles. Appendices caudimx. — lis sont cylindriques, imiarticules et termines par un bouquet de soies courtes. Leur longueur atteint environ le -]- ou le \ de celle du pedicelle de la 6'' paire de cirrhes. JPciiis. — Le penis est long et grele ; son extremite atteint celle des cirrhes de la 6* paire apres sejour dans Talcool. II ne presente aucune trace d'annulation propre- ment dite et la cuticule qui le recouvre est simplement ornee de quelques polls, disseminc5s sur sa perij)hcrie et se reunissant a son extremite en une touife assez rio-ide. Distribution (jeograplnriue. — Pendant la campagne du ' Challenger ' nous dit Hoek cette cspece a ete trouvee deux fois. La premiere fois, ce fut un tout petit echantillon, par une profondeur de 390 brasses a Colubra Island (West Indies) ; la seconde fois, a rile de 1' Ascension (Ocean Atlantique), par 420 ])rasses de fond, cinq echautillous furent recoltes fixes sur de coraux. L'echantillou trouve sur les pedoucules de Scalpellum giganteum vient des c6tes de Cuba. Enfin il existe an British Museum quelques beaux exemplaircs de cette meme espece. Je desirerais, en terminant cette courte etude, dire un mot de la collection du ' Chal- lenger' que j'ai pu examiner tout a loisir pendant mon sejour au British Museum aux vacances dernieres. Avant d'avancer plus loin dans la lougue etude du groupe des Cirrhipedes que j'ai enterprise et que je voudrais tacher de mener a bien, j ai pense qu'un peleriuage au lieu meme oil lillustrc Darwin fit les briUantes et patientes recherches qui Fainenc'rent a ecrire ses beaux volumes de la ' Monographic des Cirrhipedes," s"imposait tout d'abord. 160 MONS. A. GErVEL— ETUDE D'UNE Je tenais a voir de pres sa collection conservce aii British Museum, ainsi que celle de Hoek provenant des campagnes du ' Challenger.' Je pensais, avec raison, que si bien des t'ois a Taide d'une description et de dessins, on pent arriver a se faire une idee nette dune espece, il se prescntait des cas, pour des especes trcs voisines, par exemple, ou la comparaison des types memes s'impose et comme ces types ne sortent pas, generalement, des collections qui ont I'honneur de les posseder, une visite au British Museum devenait indispensable. Cette yisite, je I'ai faite et je puis affirmer, que grace a la haute bieuveillance de M. le Professeur Bay Lankester, Directeur, ainsi qu'a I'amabilite de tons les Professeurs et Assistants avec lesquels j'ai eu des relations, en particulier avec M. J. Bell, que j'ai derange bien des fois de son travail, je n'ai pas perdu mon temps. Tout a ete mis de la fapon la plus liberale a ma disposition, et je ne saurais trop les en remercier ici. J'ai pu me rendre compte que j'etais dans le vrai en pensant qu'il fallait voir les echantillons cux-memes, avant de pouvoir decider en connaissance de cause. Meme quand Vauteuvfaii lui-meme ses dessins, il pent conimettrc des erreurs, s'il ne les commet pas lui-meme, elles proviennent du graveur ou meme du tirage. Voila pour- quoi probablement, certains types de Hoek sont le plus generalement assez diificilement reconnaissables si Ion s'en rapporte aux dessins qu'il en a donnes. Comtne on ne pent pas toujours voir les types, et que les descriptions sont parfois un pen elastiques, meme les mieux faites, il en resulte que Ion pent dans ces cas nommer deux fois une espece, avec la meilleure foi du monde. En ce qui concerne le genre Scalpellum, beaucoup d'especes, particulicrement celles a plaques imparfaiteuient calcifiees, ne montrent pas, dans les figures, la limite nette des plaques cependant tres visible sur les echantillons. Cela n'est nuUement une critique, mais une simple constatation. Ce sont la surtout des defauts d'edition, mais il n'en est pas moins vrai que cela pent avoir des consequences assez serieuses et, toutes les fois que j'en aurai I'occasion, je tacherai de rectifier ces points obscurs des dessins, en me contraignaut, pour etre plus exact, a dessiaer moi- meme a la chambre claire quand cela sera possible ou d'apres des documents photo- graphiques, dans les autres cas. Je crois meme que, toutes les fois que la dimension des echantillons le permet, il est bon de remplacer le dessin entierement j)ar la photographic, comme je I'avais, par exemple, pour la figure 1, representant un groupie de Sca^yellmn giganteum., mais des difl&cultes d'exccutions m'ont oblige a remplacer la photographic jmr de simples dessins. Ce sont la, malheureusement, des dilficultes qui se presentent souvent dans I'executions des planches et centre lesquelles la meilleure volonte des auteurs est impuissante ! C'est la \\n fait evident, mais infiniment regrettable, meme en se placant au point de vue exclusivement scientifique ! ESPECE NOUVELLE DE LEPADIDES. lOl EXPLICATION DE LA PLANCilE 17. [Tous ces dcssins ont cte fails par I'autcur, soit d'aprcs des photographies, soit a la chambre clairc] Pig. 1. ScALPELi-UM GiGANTEUM daiis (liffcfciites positions. 2. Le memo, apres qu'uue partie do la chitiiie su))erfici(;lle a etc cnlcvee pour laisser voir la forme (Ics plaques capitulaircs. Le pedonculc est simplement represcnte par son eoiitour. /. ter- gum ; sc, scutum; ca, car6ue ; ca.la., plaque eareno-lateralc ; r.la, plaque rostro-laterale ; s./a, plaque laterale supcrieure; i.la, plaijue itifra-laterale ; j/e, piHlom-ule. 3. Palpe de la Icvre supcrieure (gauche). 4. Mandibule gauche. 5. Machoire droitc. 6. Palpc de la levrc inferieure (droite). /. Mamelou buccal vu de pi'otil. lab, labrc : p. lab, palpe di; la Icvre supt^rleure ; t/id, mandibule • ma, machoire. 8. Mamelou buccal vu par la partie supcrieure (memos lettres). 8'. Appendice caudal droit. 9. PciiCiLAsMA CARiNATUM, Hock, VU dc protil, (lesxin a la ciniiabre rlalre. 10. TjC memo, vu par la face dorsale. 11. Maudibulos, («) gauche, {b) droite. 12. Machoire gauche. 13. Vue de la partie iufero-anterieurc de I'dcil/i.snio rari/iatum. 11. Vue iiifi'ro-iiiterue de la earene. 15. Scutum gauche, vue iufero-interne : (//, dout umboiiale interne. 1(). Carene, vue iufero-exterieure moutrant le.-; eaunelures des parties iat^rales du distjue. 17. Cellules pigmentaires de I'epithelium de Sc. (/it/unteum. SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 25 LINNEAN SO(!iETY OF LONDON. MEMORANDA CONCERNING TllANSACTIONS. TheEirst Series of the Traiisaptioiis, coutaiaing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been com])leted in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The jirioe of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6«. to FeUows ; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. '• The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the Zoological parts of these which have been published are as undermentioned (for the Botanical parts see Botanical wrapper) : — Second Series. — Zoology. VA'lieii Price to the Volu.ne. p„blishMl Public. £ s. d. Part I. 1875 1 4 . Part II. 1875 6 . Part III. 1876 1 8 . Part IV. 1877 16 . Part V. 1877 18 . Part VI. 1877 1 2 (» . Part VII. 1878 1 16 . Part VIII. 187U I . II. Part I. 1879 1 4 . Part II. 1881 15 . Part III. 1882 1 8 . Part IV. 1882 7 6 . Part V. 1 882 3 . Part VI. 1883 1 . Part VII. 188:i 5 . Part VIII. 1883 3 . Part IX. 1883 3 . Part X. 1884 <» 4 (i . Part Xr. 1884 (Mil . Part XII. 1885 (• (i •» Part XIII. 1884 (i tl " . Part XIV. Iti^S." (I 6 . Part XV. 1885 4 (i . Part XVI. 1885. . . . I) ."". i) . Part XVII. 1886 (i :'. u Part XVI II. 1888 U 2 (i . III. Part I. 1884 1 14 d . Part II. 1884 112 . Part III. 1885 I 10 . Part IV. 1885 8 . Part V. 1887 s (» , Part VI. 1888 U C U IV. Part I. 18bG I 4 U , Part 11. 1SS7 1 8 U . Part 111. 1M58 16 I) . Price o Fellows. 1 £ s. d. 18 4 6 . 1 1 . 12 . 13 6 i . 16 6 i . 1 7 . 15 . 18 . 11 6 . 1 1 . 5 6 . 2 3 . 15 . :i u . 2 3 . 2 H . :5 Cj . II 7 (i . 4 6 . 4 (i . U 4 ti . U 3 li . (1 3 i» . 2 3 . 2 () . 1 5 (1 . 1 4 . 1 2 6 . 6 . 6 . 4 6 . IS (1 . 1 1 II . (» 12 (.1 Second Series. — Zoologt (^continued). V\'heii Price to the . Publielifil. Public. £ s. d. V. Part I. 1888 12 Part II. 1888 5 . . . . Part III. 1889 1 7 Part IV. 1890 12 .. . . Part V. 1890 6 Part VI. 1891 12 .. .. Part VII. 1891 6 Part VIII. 1892 8 Part IX. 1892. ... 12 . . . . Part X. 1893. ... 1 8 . . . . Part XI. 1894 o 2 6 . . . . VI. Part I. 1894 2 Part II. 1894 Ill .. . . Part III. 1894 111 n . . . . Part IV. 1896 1 4 (» Part V. 1896 10 . . . . Part VI. 1896 o S ii Part VII. 1896. . . . 12 . . , . Part VIII. 1897 2 6 . . . . VU. Pnrt 1. 1896 o 10 Part II. 1897 1:.' (I Part III. 1897 H (I . . . . Part IV. 1898 10 . . . . Part V. 1898 IS ii . . . Part VI. 1898 13 . . . . Part Vil. IS99 o IS o Part VIII. 1899. . .. 12 o Part IX. 1899 I H . . . . Part- X. 1900 6 O , . . . Part XI. 1900 II 2 9 VI 11. Part 1. 1900 10 Part II. 1900 O 10 . . . . Part III. 1900 10 .. . . Part IV. lOiil Oil II ... . Part \'. l;ilil :> o . . . . p F ■ice sllow O 9, £ s. d. 9 I.I 3 9 1 9 4 6 9 4 6 6 9 1 1 2 1 10 1 3 3 11 / H 18 II i 6 6 9 2 tJ i 6 9 4 6 II t (! ■0 13 6 !) 9 13 (i 15 4 6 tl r> II .> / (i 7 6 7 i; II 10 i; IJ 'i !l AUG 30 1902 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY.] [VOL. VIII. PART 6. THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ON THE AFFINITIES OF ^LUROPLTS MELANOLEUCTS, A. m.-ED wards. BY E. RAY LANKESTER, M.A., LL.I)., E.R.S., E.L.S., DiKECTOB OF THE NaTUKAL HlSTORr DePAETMENTS OF TUB BkIXISH MuSEUM. ^LONDON: PRINTKl) FOK I'HE I.INNKAN SOCIETY BY lAVr.oU ANIi KHAN( IM, UKl) I.ION COURT. KI.EKT STREET. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S A PARI'.M KNI S. BUKIJNGTON-HODSE. i'lCCAmi.LY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GItKEN, ANP CO., I'ATERNOSTEll-KOW. September 1901. AUG 30 [ 163 ] \L. On Ihe Affinities of ^Elui'Ojius uielanoleucus, A. Milne-Edwards. By E. Ray Lankester, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., Director of the Natural Ristory Departments of the British Museum. (Plates 18-20.) Read 21st Februiiry. 1901. oIX years ago my friend the late Professor Alphouse Milne-Edwards, Director of the Jardin des Plantes and Museum of Natural History in Paris, kindly presented to the Oxford University Museum a cast of the skull of the reraarkabla bear-like animal brought home from Tibet by Pere David, and named by him TJrsus ineluiioleucus. M. Milne-Kdwards in 1875 published a description of this animal and very distinctly stated the conclusion that it must occupy a position intermediate between the Bears {(Jrsinte) and the Panda {^Itirus). He formed for it the genus JEluropus*. But subse- quently the late Sir W. Flower and Mr. Lydc^kker in their book, ' Mammals, Living and Extinct,' 1S91. whilst dividing the section Arctoidea of the Carnivora into three families, * Milne-Kdwards ' wrote as follows : — " L'ensemble de faits que je vieiis de passer en rovue, prouvo (|ue TAilurope ne peut-etre rapporte a aucun des types geueriquos preeedemmeiit conniis. 11 appartient indubitablement a la famille des Cariiassiers arotoides, dont les Ours sont !es priiicipau.x representants, et il ressemble beaueoup a ces animaux ; raais ii tient encore plus peut-etre des Pandas, et il prcsentc un singulier melange de earacteres osteolo- giqucs. Ainsi, par le mode d'articulation de la maohoire infcTieure, renorme doveloppement des arcades zygoma- tiques, il ressemble aux Felins les plus robustes, et quebpies naluralistes le eomparent a THyerje ; niais la couforma- lion de ses dents machelieres indique que c'est en realile un animal moins carnivore que ne le eont les Ours .... Par la disposition de la couronne, la penultieme molaire a beaueoup d'analogie avec les molaires de divers Pachyderines fossiles, notamment des Chwropoiiimus pcirisiensis .... Neanmoins e'est entre les Ours el les Pandas que rAiluroj)e doit prendre place dans nos classifications methodiques, et la division qui le renferme ne parait avoir une vaieur zoologique plus considerable que celle de la plupart des genres dont se compose I'ordre des Carnassiers.'' From this it appears that Professor Milne-Edwards regarded ^luropus as intermediate between the Bears and the Panda, and therefore probably the representative of a distinct family, although this is not definitely stated. His mention of the Ungulate resemblances of the molar teeth is significant, seeing that this is a feature which has been often noticed as characteristic of those of JUlurus. It may be added that the resemblance of the lower jaw of ^luropus to that oi'.l-jluras is s])ecially noticed by Professor ililno-Edwards. Writing at a laU.T date, the late Sir W. II. Flower', who regarded »/i7((r".v as the representative of a family connecting the Procyonidae with the Ursidic, assigned JSIuropus to the last-named family, from the other members of which it differs by the absence of an alisphenoid canal ^ The genus is described as " an interesting anneclant ' Recherches Hist. Nat. .\Iamm. p. 335 (1808-7")). ■ .'Vrticle " Mammalia," Enci/clopcedut Britannica, !Hh ed. vol. xv. p. 441 (1883). ° On the page cited above, in the 8th line from the bottom of the first column, the word " An " should be substituted for " No." SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. VIII. 26 1G4 DK. E. EAY LAXKESTER ON TJIE viz. Ursidse, Procyonidse, and Mastelidse, placed ^Elurojnis in the Ursidte and ^lurus in the Procyonidre. ]\Iy observations oa the cast of the skull which was in my charge at Oxford led me to the conclusion that too much weight had been assigned by Flower and Lydekker to the presence in ^luropns of the thii-d lower molar, which is lost in jElurus and T?rocyon whilst retained in the Bears. The form of the teeth, especially of the upper fourth pre- molar (so-called " caruassial ") and of the true molars, resemble 1 that of the same teeth in ^lurus and Frori/on rather than that of the same teeth in ZTrtms. The teeth in ques- tion are unlike those of any other living Carnivore, recalling those of some of the extinct Ungulata in breadth, squareness, and tubereulation. The general form of my cast of the skull oW